src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #include "wx/grid.h"
  22
  23 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  24     #include "wx/utils.h"
  25     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  26     #include "wx/settings.h"
  27     #include "wx/log.h"
  28     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  29     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  30     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  31     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  32     #include "wx/intl.h"
  33     #include "wx/math.h"
  34     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  35 #endif
  36
  37 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  38 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  39 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  40 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  41
  42 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  43
  44 const wxChar wxGridNameStr[] = wxT("grid");
  45
  46 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  47     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  48 #else
  49     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  50 #endif
  51
  52 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  53     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  54 #else
  55     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  56 #endif
  57
  58 // Required for wxIs... functions
  59 #include <ctype.h>
  60
  61 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  62 // array classes
  63 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  64
  65 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  66                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  67
  68 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  69 {
  70     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  71         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  72     {
  73     }
  74
  75     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  76     {
  77         attr->DecRef();
  78     }
  79
  80     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  81     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  82
  83 // Cannot do this:
  84 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  85 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  86 };
  87
  88 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  89                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  90
  91 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  92
  93 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  94 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  95
  96 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  97 // events
  98 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  99
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 113 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 114 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 115 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 116 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 117 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 118
 119 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 120 // private classes
 121 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 122
 123 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 124 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 125 {
 126 public:
 127     wxGridSubwindow() { m_owner = NULL; }
 128     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 129                     wxWindowID id,
 130                     const wxPoint& pos,
 131                     const wxSize& size,
 132                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 133                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 134         : wxWindow(owner, id, pos, size,
 135                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 136                    name)
 137     {
 138         m_owner = owner;
 139     }
 140
 141     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 142
 143     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 144
 145 protected:
 146     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 147
 148     wxGrid *m_owner;
 149
 150     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 151     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 152 };
 153
 154 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 155 {
 156 public:
 157     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { }
 158     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 159                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 160
 161 private:
 162     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 163     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 164     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 165
 166     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 167     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 168     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 169 };
 170
 171
 172 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 173 {
 174 public:
 175     wxGridColLabelWindow() { }
 176     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 177                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 178
 179 private:
 180     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 181     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 182     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 183
 184     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 185     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 186     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 187 };
 188
 189
 190 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 191 {
 192 public:
 193     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { }
 194     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 195                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 196
 197 private:
 198     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 199     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 200     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 201
 202     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 203     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 204     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 205 };
 206
 207 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 208 {
 209 public:
 210     wxGridWindow()
 211     {
 212         m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
 213         m_colLabelWin = NULL;
 214     }
 215
 216     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 217                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 218                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 219                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 220
 221     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 222
 223     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 224
 225 private:
 226     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 227     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 228
 229     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 230     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 231     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 232     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 233     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 234     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 235     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 236     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 237
 238     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 239     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 240     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 241 };
 242
 243
 244 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 245 {
 246 public:
 247     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 248         : m_grid(grid),
 249           m_editor(editor),
 250           m_inSetFocus(false)
 251     {
 252     }
 253
 254     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 255     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 256     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 257
 258     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 259
 260 private:
 261     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 262     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 263
 264     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 265     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 266     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 267
 268     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 269     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 270     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 271 };
 272
 273
 274 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 275
 276 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 277     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 278     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 279     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 280 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 281
 282
 283 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 284 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 285 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 286
 287 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 288 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 289 {
 290 public:
 291     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 292     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 293     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 294     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 295
 296 private:
 297     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 298     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 299
 300     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 301 };
 302
 303 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 304 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 305 {
 306 public:
 307     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 308     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 309     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 310
 311     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 312     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 313     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 314
 315 private:
 316     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 317     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 318 };
 319
 320 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 321 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 322 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 323 {
 324 public:
 325     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 326     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 327                            m_colAttrs;
 328 };
 329
 330
 331 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 332 // data structures used for the data type registry
 333 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 334
 335 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 336 {
 337     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 338                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 339                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 340         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 341         {}
 342
 343     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 344     {
 345         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 346         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 347     }
 348
 349     wxString            m_typeName;
 350     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 351     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 352
 353     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 354 };
 355
 356
 357 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 358                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 359
 360
 361 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 362 {
 363 public:
 364   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 365     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 366
 367     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 368                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 369                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 370
 371     // find one of already registered data types
 372     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 373
 374     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 375     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 376     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 377
 378     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 379     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 380     // registered data type and set params for it
 381     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 382
 383     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 384     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 385
 386 private:
 387     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 388 };
 389
 390
 391 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 392 // conditional compilation
 393 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 394
 395 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 396 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 397 #endif
 398
 399 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 400 // globals
 401 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 402
 403 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 404 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 405     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 406     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 407 #endif
 408
 409 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 410 // constants
 411 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 412
 413 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 414 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 415
 416 // scroll line size
 417 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 418 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 419 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 420 //
 421 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 422 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 423 //       -- Robin
 424 //
 425 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 426 //       fixing anyhow
 427 //       -- Vadim
 428 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 429 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 430
 431 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 432 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 433 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 434
 435 #if 0
 436 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 437 // private functions
 438 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 439
 440 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 441 {
 442     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 443 }
 444
 445 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 446 {
 447     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 448 }
 449 #endif
 450
 451 // ============================================================================
 452 // implementation
 453 // ============================================================================
 454
 455 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 456 // wxGridCellEditor
 457 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 458
 459 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 460 {
 461     m_control = NULL;
 462     m_attr = NULL;
 463 }
 464
 465 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 466 {
 467     Destroy();
 468 }
 469
 470 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 471                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 472                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 473 {
 474     if ( evtHandler )
 475         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 476 }
 477
 478 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 479                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 480 {
 481     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 482     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 483     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 484     if (gridWindow)
 485         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 486
 487     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 488     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 489     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 490
 491     // redraw the control we just painted over
 492     m_control->Refresh();
 493 }
 494
 495 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 496 {
 497     if (m_control)
 498     {
 499         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 500
 501         m_control->Destroy();
 502         m_control = NULL;
 503     }
 504 }
 505
 506 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 507 {
 508     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 509
 510     m_control->Show(show);
 511
 512     if ( show )
 513     {
 514         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 515         if ( attr )
 516         {
 517             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 518             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 519
 520             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 521             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 522
 523 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 524 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 525             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 526             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 527 #endif
 528
 529             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 530             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 531         }
 532     }
 533     else
 534     {
 535         // restore the standard colours fonts
 536         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 537         {
 538             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 539             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 540         }
 541
 542         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 543         {
 544             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 545             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 546         }
 547
 548 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 549 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 550         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 551         {
 552             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 553             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 554         }
 555 #endif
 556     }
 557 }
 558
 559 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 560 {
 561     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 562
 563     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 564 }
 565
 566 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 567 {
 568     event.Skip();
 569 }
 570
 571 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 572 {
 573     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 574     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 575
 576 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 577     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 578     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 579     alt = event.MetaDown();
 580 #endif
 581
 582     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 583     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 584     // through in that case.
 585     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 586         return false;
 587
 588     int key = 0;
 589     bool keyOk = true;
 590
 591 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
 592     // If it's a F-Key or other special key then it shouldn't start the
 593     // editor.
 594     if (event.GetKeyCode() >= WXK_START)
 595         return false;
 596 #endif
 597 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 598     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 599     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 600     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 601     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 602     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 603     if (key <= 127)
 604     {
 605         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 606         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 607     }
 608 #else
 609     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 610     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 611 #endif
 612
 613     return keyOk;
 614 }
 615
 616 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 617 {
 618     event.Skip();
 619 }
 620
 621 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 622 {
 623 }
 624
 625 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 626
 627 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 628 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 629 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 630
 631 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 632 {
 633     m_maxChars = 0;
 634 }
 635
 636 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 637                                   wxWindowID id,
 638                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 639 {
 640     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
 641 }
 642
 643 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
 644                                     wxWindowID id,
 645                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
 646                                     long style)
 647 {
 648     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
 649              wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
 650              wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL |
 651              wxNO_BORDER;
 652
 653     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 654                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 655                                style);
 656
 657     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 658     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
 659     {
 660         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 661     }
 662
 663     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 664 }
 665
 666 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 667                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 668 {
 669     // as we fill the entire client area,
 670     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 671 }
 672
 673 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 674 {
 675     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 676
 677     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 678     //
 679     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 680     //
 681 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 682     if (rect.x != 0)
 683     {
 684         rect.x += 1;
 685         rect.y += 1;
 686         rect.width -= 1;
 687         rect.height -= 1;
 688     }
 689 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
 690     if ( rect.x == 0 )
 691         rect.x += 2;
 692     else
 693         rect.x += 3;
 694
 695     if ( rect.y == 0 )
 696         rect.y += 2;
 697     else
 698         rect.y += 3;
 699
 700     rect.width -= 2;
 701     rect.height -= 2;
 702 #else
 703     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 704     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 705
 706     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 707         extra_x *= 2;
 708         extra_y *= 2;
 709     #endif
 710
 711     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 712     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 713     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 714     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 715 #endif
 716
 717     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 718 }
 719
 720 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 721 {
 722     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 723
 724     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 725
 726     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 727 }
 728
 729 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 730 {
 731     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 732     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 733     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 734     Text()->SetFocus();
 735 }
 736
 737 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 738 {
 739     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 740
 741     bool changed = false;
 742     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 743     if (value != m_startValue)
 744         changed = true;
 745
 746     if (changed)
 747         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 748
 749     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 750
 751     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 752     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 753
 754     return changed;
 755 }
 756
 757 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 758 {
 759     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 760
 761     DoReset(m_startValue);
 762 }
 763
 764 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 765 {
 766     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 767     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 768 }
 769
 770 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 771 {
 772     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 773 }
 774
 775 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 776 {
 777     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 778     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 779     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 780     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 781
 782     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 783     wxChar ch;
 784     long pos;
 785
 786 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 787     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 788     if (ch <= 127)
 789         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 790 #else
 791     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 792 #endif
 793
 794     switch (ch)
 795     {
 796         case WXK_DELETE:
 797             // delete the character at the cursor
 798             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 799             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 800                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 801             break;
 802
 803         case WXK_BACK:
 804             // delete the character before the cursor
 805             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 806             if (pos > 0)
 807                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 808             break;
 809
 810         default:
 811             tc->WriteText(ch);
 812             break;
 813     }
 814 }
 815
 816 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 817                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 818 {
 819 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 820     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 821     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 822     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 823     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 824     Text()->SetValue(s);
 825     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 826 #else
 827     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 828     //
 829     event.Skip();
 830 #endif
 831 }
 832
 833 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 834 {
 835     if ( !params )
 836     {
 837         // reset to default
 838         m_maxChars = 0;
 839     }
 840     else
 841     {
 842         long tmp;
 843         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 844         {
 845             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 846         }
 847         else
 848         {
 849             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 850         }
 851     }
 852 }
 853
 854 // return the value in the text control
 855 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 856 {
 857     return Text()->GetValue();
 858 }
 859
 860 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 861 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 862 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 863
 864 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 865 {
 866     m_min = min;
 867     m_max = max;
 868 }
 869
 870 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 871                                     wxWindowID id,
 872                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 873 {
 874 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 875     if ( HasRange() )
 876     {
 877         // create a spin ctrl
 878         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 879                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 880                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 881                                    m_min, m_max);
 882
 883         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 884     }
 885     else
 886 #endif
 887     {
 888         // just a text control
 889         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 890
 891 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 892         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 893 #endif
 894     }
 895 }
 896
 897 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 898 {
 899     // first get the value
 900     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 901     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 902     {
 903         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 904     }
 905     else
 906     {
 907         m_valueOld = 0;
 908         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 909         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 910         {
 911             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 912             return;
 913         }
 914     }
 915
 916 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 917     if ( HasRange() )
 918     {
 919         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 920         Spin()->SetFocus();
 921     }
 922     else
 923 #endif
 924     {
 925         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 926     }
 927 }
 928
 929 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 930                                      wxGrid* grid)
 931 {
 932     bool changed;
 933     long value = 0;
 934     wxString text;
 935
 936 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 937     if ( HasRange() )
 938     {
 939         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 940         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 941         if (changed)
 942             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 943     }
 944     else
 945 #endif
 946     {
 947         text = Text()->GetValue();
 948         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 949     }
 950
 951     if ( changed )
 952     {
 953         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 954             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 955         else
 956             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 957     }
 958
 959     return changed;
 960 }
 961
 962 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 963 {
 964 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 965     if ( HasRange() )
 966     {
 967         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 968     }
 969     else
 970 #endif
 971     {
 972         DoReset(GetString());
 973     }
 974 }
 975
 976 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 977 {
 978     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 979     {
 980         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 981         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 982              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 983         {
 984             return true;
 985         }
 986     }
 987
 988     return false;
 989 }
 990
 991 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 992 {
 993     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 994     if ( !HasRange() )
 995     {
 996         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 997         {
 998             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 999
1000             // skip Skip() below
1001             return;
1002         }
1003     }
1004 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1005     else
1006     {
1007         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1008         {
1009             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1010             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1011             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1012             return;
1013         }
1014     }
1015 #endif
1016
1017     event.Skip();
1018 }
1019
1020 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1021 {
1022     if ( !params )
1023     {
1024         // reset to default
1025         m_min =
1026         m_max = -1;
1027     }
1028     else
1029     {
1030         long tmp;
1031         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1032         {
1033             m_min = (int)tmp;
1034
1035             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1036             {
1037                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1038
1039                 // skip the error message below
1040                 return;
1041             }
1042         }
1043
1044         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1045     }
1046 }
1047
1048 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1049 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1050 {
1051     wxString s;
1052
1053 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1054     if ( HasRange() )
1055     {
1056         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1057         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1058     }
1059     else
1060 #endif
1061     {
1062         s = Text()->GetValue();
1063     }
1064
1065     return s;
1066 }
1067
1068 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1069 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1070 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1071
1072 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1073 {
1074     m_width = width;
1075     m_precision = precision;
1076 }
1077
1078 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1079                                    wxWindowID id,
1080                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1081 {
1082     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1083
1084 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1085     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1086 #endif
1087 }
1088
1089 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1090 {
1091     // first get the value
1092     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1093     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1094     {
1095         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1096     }
1097     else
1098     {
1099         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1100         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1101         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1102         {
1103             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1104             return;
1105         }
1106     }
1107
1108     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1109 }
1110
1111 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1112                                      wxGrid* grid)
1113 {
1114     double value = 0.0;
1115     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1116
1117     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1118             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1119     {
1120         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1121             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1122         else
1123             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1124
1125         return true;
1126     }
1127
1128     return false;
1129 }
1130
1131 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1132 {
1133     DoReset(GetString());
1134 }
1135
1136 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1137 {
1138     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1139     char tmpbuf[2];
1140     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1141     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1142     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1143
1144 #if wxUSE_INTL
1145     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1146        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1147 #else
1148     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1149 #endif
1150
1151     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1152          || is_decimal_point )
1153     {
1154         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1155
1156         // skip Skip() below
1157         return;
1158     }
1159
1160     event.Skip();
1161 }
1162
1163 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1164 {
1165     if ( !params )
1166     {
1167         // reset to default
1168         m_width =
1169         m_precision = -1;
1170     }
1171     else
1172     {
1173         long tmp;
1174         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1175         {
1176             m_width = (int)tmp;
1177
1178             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1179             {
1180                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1181
1182                 // skip the error message below
1183                 return;
1184             }
1185         }
1186
1187         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1188     }
1189 }
1190
1191 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1192 {
1193     wxString fmt;
1194     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1195     {
1196         // default precision
1197         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1198     }
1199     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1200     {
1201         // default width
1202         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1203     }
1204     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1205     {
1206         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1207     }
1208     else
1209     {
1210         // default width/precision
1211         fmt = _T("%f");
1212     }
1213
1214     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1215 }
1216
1217 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1218 {
1219     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1220     {
1221         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1222         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1223         {
1224             char tmpbuf[2];
1225             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1226             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1227             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1228
1229 #if wxUSE_INTL
1230             const wxString decimalPoint =
1231                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1232 #else
1233             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1234 #endif
1235
1236             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1237             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1238                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1239                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1240                             keycode == '+' ||
1241                                 keycode == '-' )
1242             {
1243                 return true;
1244             }
1245         }
1246     }
1247
1248     return false;
1249 }
1250
1251 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1252
1253 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1254
1255 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1256 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1257 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1258
1259 // the default values for GetValue()
1260 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1261
1262 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1263                                   wxWindowID id,
1264                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1265 {
1266     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1267                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1268                                wxNO_BORDER);
1269
1270     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1271 }
1272
1273 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1274 {
1275     bool resize = false;
1276     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1277     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1278
1279     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1280     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1281     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1282     {
1283         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1284         size = sizeBest;
1285
1286         resize = true;
1287     }
1288
1289     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1290     {
1291         // leave 1 pixel margin
1292         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1293
1294         resize = true;
1295     }
1296
1297     if ( resize )
1298     {
1299         m_control->SetSize(size);
1300     }
1301
1302     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1303
1304 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1305     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1306     // so shift it to the right
1307     size.x -= 8;
1308 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1309     // here too, but in other way
1310     size.x += 1;
1311     size.y -= 2;
1312 #endif
1313
1314     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1315     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1316     if (GetCellAttr())
1317         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1318
1319     int x = 0, y = 0;
1320     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1321     {
1322         x = r.x + 2;
1323
1324 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1325         x += 2;
1326 #endif
1327
1328         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1329     }
1330     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1331     {
1332         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1333         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1334     }
1335     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1336     {
1337         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1338         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1339     }
1340
1341     m_control->Move(x, y);
1342 }
1343
1344 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1345 {
1346     m_control->Show(show);
1347
1348     if ( show )
1349     {
1350         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1351         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1352     }
1353 }
1354
1355 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1356 {
1357     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1358                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1359
1360     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1361     {
1362         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1363     }
1364     else
1365     {
1366         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1367
1368         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1369             m_startValue = false;
1370         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1371             m_startValue = true;
1372         else
1373         {
1374             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1375             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1376             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1377             // know about it
1378             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1379         }
1380     }
1381
1382     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1383     CBox()->SetFocus();
1384 }
1385
1386 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1387                                    wxGrid* grid)
1388 {
1389     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1390                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1391
1392     bool changed = false;
1393     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1394     if ( value != m_startValue )
1395         changed = true;
1396
1397     if ( changed )
1398     {
1399         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1400         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1401             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1402         else
1403             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1404     }
1405
1406     return changed;
1407 }
1408
1409 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1410 {
1411     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1412                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1413
1414     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1415 }
1416
1417 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1418 {
1419     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1420 }
1421
1422 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1423 {
1424     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1425     {
1426         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1427         switch ( keycode )
1428         {
1429             case WXK_SPACE:
1430             case '+':
1431             case '-':
1432                 return true;
1433         }
1434     }
1435
1436     return false;
1437 }
1438
1439 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1440 {
1441     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1442     switch ( keycode )
1443     {
1444         case WXK_SPACE:
1445             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1446             break;
1447
1448         case '+':
1449             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1450             break;
1451
1452         case '-':
1453             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1454             break;
1455     }
1456 }
1457
1458 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1459 {
1460   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
1461 }
1462
1463 /* static */ void
1464 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
1465                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
1466 {
1467     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
1468     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
1469 }
1470
1471 /* static */ bool
1472 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
1473 {
1474     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
1475 }
1476
1477 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1478
1479 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1480
1481 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1482 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1483 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1484
1485 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1486                                                bool allowOthers)
1487     : m_choices(choices),
1488       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1489
1490 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1491                                                const wxString choices[],
1492                                                bool allowOthers)
1493                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1494 {
1495     if ( count )
1496     {
1497         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1498         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1499         {
1500             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1501         }
1502     }
1503 }
1504
1505 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1506 {
1507     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1508     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1509     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1510
1511     return editor;
1512 }
1513
1514 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1515                                     wxWindowID id,
1516                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1517 {
1518     int style = wxBORDER_NONE;
1519     if (!m_allowOthers)
1520         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
1521     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1522                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1523                                m_choices, style );
1524
1525     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1526 }
1527
1528 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1529                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1530 {
1531     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1532     // flicker
1533
1534     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1535     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
1536     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
1537     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1538 }
1539
1540 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1541 {
1542     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1543                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1544
1545     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1546     if (m_control)
1547         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1548
1549     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1550     if (evtHandler)
1551         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1552
1553     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1554
1555     if (m_allowOthers)
1556     {
1557         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1558         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1559     }
1560     else // the combobox is read-only
1561     {
1562         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1563         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1564         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1565             pos = 0;
1566         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1567     }
1568
1569     Combo()->SetFocus();
1570
1571     if (evtHandler)
1572     {
1573         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1574         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1575 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1576         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1577 #endif
1578     }
1579 }
1580
1581 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1582                                      wxGrid* grid)
1583 {
1584     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1585     if ( value == m_startValue )
1586         return false;
1587
1588     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1589
1590     return true;
1591 }
1592
1593 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1594 {
1595     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1596     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1597 }
1598
1599 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1600 {
1601     if ( !params )
1602     {
1603         // what can we do?
1604         return;
1605     }
1606
1607     m_choices.Empty();
1608
1609     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1610     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1611     {
1612         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1613     }
1614 }
1615
1616 // return the value in the text control
1617 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1618 {
1619   return Combo()->GetValue();
1620 }
1621
1622 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1623
1624 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1625 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1626 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1627
1628 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1629 {
1630     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1631     if (m_inSetFocus)
1632         return;
1633
1634     // accept changes
1635     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1636
1637     event.Skip();
1638 }
1639
1640 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1641 {
1642     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1643     {
1644         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1645             m_editor->Reset();
1646             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1647             break;
1648
1649         case WXK_TAB:
1650             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1651             break;
1652
1653         case WXK_RETURN:
1654         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1655             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1656                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1657             break;
1658
1659         default:
1660             event.Skip();
1661             break;
1662     }
1663 }
1664
1665 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1666 {
1667     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1668     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1669     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1670     int cw, ch;
1671     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1672
1673     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1674     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1675
1676     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1677     {
1678         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1679         case WXK_TAB:
1680         case WXK_RETURN:
1681         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1682             break;
1683
1684         case WXK_HOME:
1685         {
1686             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1687             {
1688                 // no special processing needed...
1689                 event.Skip();
1690                 break;
1691             }
1692
1693             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1694
1695             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1696             int colXPos = 0;
1697             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1698             {
1699                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1700             }
1701
1702             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1703             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1704             if (col != 0)
1705             {
1706                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1707             }
1708             else
1709             {
1710                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1711             }
1712             event.Skip();
1713             break;
1714         }
1715
1716         case WXK_END:
1717         {
1718             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1719             {
1720                 // no special processing needed...
1721                 event.Skip();
1722                 break;
1723             }
1724
1725             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1726
1727             int textWidth = 0;
1728             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1729             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1730             {
1731                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1732                 int y;
1733                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1734                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1735
1736                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1737                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1738
1739                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1740                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1741                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1742                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1743                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1744                 {
1745                     textWidth = 0;
1746                 }
1747             }
1748
1749             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1750             int colXPos = 0;
1751             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1752             {
1753                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1754             }
1755
1756             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1757             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1758             colXPos += textWidth;
1759
1760             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1761             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1762             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1763             event.Skip();
1764             break;
1765         }
1766
1767         default:
1768             event.Skip();
1769             break;
1770     }
1771 }
1772
1773 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1774 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1775 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1776 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1777
1778 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1779 {
1780     // nothing to do
1781 }
1782
1783 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1784 {
1785 }
1786
1787 // ============================================================================
1788 // renderer classes
1789 // ============================================================================
1790
1791 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1792 // wxGridCellRenderer
1793 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1794
1795 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1796                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1797                               wxDC& dc,
1798                               const wxRect& rect,
1799                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1800                               bool isSelected)
1801 {
1802     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1803
1804     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1805     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1806     {
1807         if ( isSelected )
1808         {
1809             wxColour clr;
1810             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1811                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1812             else
1813                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1814             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(clr, wxSOLID) );
1815         }
1816         else
1817         {
1818             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1819         }
1820     }
1821     else
1822     {
1823         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1824     }
1825
1826     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1827     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1828 }
1829
1830 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1831 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1832 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1833
1834 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1835                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1836                                                      wxDC& dc,
1837                                                      bool isSelected)
1838 {
1839     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1840
1841     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1842
1843     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1844     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1845     {
1846         if ( isSelected )
1847         {
1848             wxColour clr;
1849             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
1850                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
1851             else
1852                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
1853             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
1854             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1855         }
1856         else
1857         {
1858             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1859             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1860         }
1861     }
1862     else
1863     {
1864         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1865         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1866     }
1867
1868     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1869 }
1870
1871 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1872                                                wxDC& dc,
1873                                                const wxString& text)
1874 {
1875     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1876     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1877     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1878     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1879     {
1880         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1881         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1882     }
1883
1884     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1885
1886     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1887 }
1888
1889 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1890                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1891                                              wxDC& dc,
1892                                              int row, int col)
1893 {
1894     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1895 }
1896
1897 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1898                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1899                                     wxDC& dc,
1900                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1901                                     int row, int col,
1902                                     bool isSelected)
1903 {
1904     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1905     rect.Inflate(-1);
1906
1907     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1908     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1909
1910     int hAlign, vAlign;
1911     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1912
1913     int overflowCols = 0;
1914
1915     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1916     {
1917         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1918         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1919         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1920         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1921         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1922         {
1923             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1924             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1925             {
1926                 bool is_empty = true;
1927                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1928                 {
1929                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1930                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1931                     if (c_rows > 0)
1932                         c_rows = 0;
1933                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1934                     {
1935                         is_empty = false;
1936                         break;
1937                     }
1938                 }
1939
1940                 if (is_empty)
1941                 {
1942                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1943                 }
1944                 else
1945                 {
1946                     i--;
1947                     break;
1948                 }
1949
1950                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1951                     break;
1952             }
1953
1954             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1955             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1956                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1957         }
1958
1959         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1960         {
1961             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1962             wxRect clip = rect;
1963             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1964             // draw each overflow cell individually
1965             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
1966             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1967                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1968             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1969             {
1970                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1971                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1972                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1973
1974                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1975                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1976
1977                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1978                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1979                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1980             }
1981
1982             rect = rectCell;
1983             rect.Inflate(-1);
1984             rect.width++;
1985             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1986         }
1987     }
1988
1989     // now we only have to draw the text
1990     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1991
1992     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1993                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1994 }
1995
1996 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1997 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1998 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999
2000 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2001 {
2002     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2003     wxString text;
2004     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2005     {
2006         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2007     }
2008     else
2009     {
2010         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2011     }
2012
2013     return text;
2014 }
2015
2016 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2017                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2018                                     wxDC& dc,
2019                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2020                                     int row, int col,
2021                                     bool isSelected)
2022 {
2023     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2024
2025     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2026
2027     // draw the text right aligned by default
2028     int hAlign, vAlign;
2029     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2030     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2031
2032     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2033     rect.Inflate(-1);
2034
2035     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2036 }
2037
2038 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2039                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2040                                              wxDC& dc,
2041                                              int row, int col)
2042 {
2043     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2044 }
2045
2046 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2047 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2048 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2049
2050 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2051 {
2052     SetWidth(width);
2053     SetPrecision(precision);
2054 }
2055
2056 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2057 {
2058     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2059     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2060     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2061     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2062
2063     return renderer;
2064 }
2065
2066 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2067 {
2068     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2069
2070     bool hasDouble;
2071     double val;
2072     wxString text;
2073     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2074     {
2075         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2076         hasDouble = true;
2077     }
2078     else
2079     {
2080         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2081         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2082     }
2083
2084     if ( hasDouble )
2085     {
2086         if ( !m_format )
2087         {
2088             if ( m_width == -1 )
2089             {
2090                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2091                 {
2092                     // default width/precision
2093                     m_format = _T("%f");
2094                 }
2095                 else
2096                 {
2097                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2098                 }
2099             }
2100             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2101             {
2102                 // default precision
2103                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2104             }
2105             else
2106             {
2107                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2108             }
2109         }
2110
2111         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2112
2113     }
2114     //else: text already contains the string
2115
2116     return text;
2117 }
2118
2119 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2120                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2121                                    wxDC& dc,
2122                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2123                                    int row, int col,
2124                                    bool isSelected)
2125 {
2126     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2127
2128     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2129
2130     // draw the text right aligned by default
2131     int hAlign, vAlign;
2132     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2133     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2134
2135     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2136     rect.Inflate(-1);
2137
2138     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2139 }
2140
2141 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2142                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2143                                             wxDC& dc,
2144                                             int row, int col)
2145 {
2146     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2147 }
2148
2149 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2150 {
2151     if ( !params )
2152     {
2153         // reset to defaults
2154         SetWidth(-1);
2155         SetPrecision(-1);
2156     }
2157     else
2158     {
2159         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2160         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2161         {
2162             long width;
2163             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2164             {
2165                 SetWidth((int)width);
2166             }
2167             else
2168             {
2169                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2170             }
2171         }
2172
2173         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2174         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2175         {
2176             long precision;
2177             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2178             {
2179                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2180             }
2181             else
2182             {
2183                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2184             }
2185         }
2186     }
2187 }
2188
2189 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2190 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2191 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2192
2193 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2194
2195 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2196
2197 // between checkmark and box
2198 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2199
2200 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2201                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2202                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2203                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2204                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2205 {
2206     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2207     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2208     {
2209         // get checkbox size
2210         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2211         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2212         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2213
2214 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2215         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2216 #endif
2217
2218         delete checkbox;
2219
2220         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2221     }
2222
2223     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2224 }
2225
2226 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2227                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2228                                   wxDC& dc,
2229                                   const wxRect& rect,
2230                                   int row, int col,
2231                                   bool isSelected)
2232 {
2233     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2234
2235     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2236     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2237
2238     // don't draw outside the cell
2239     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2240     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2241     {
2242         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2243         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2244     }
2245
2246     // draw a border around checkmark
2247     int vAlign, hAlign;
2248     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2249
2250     wxRect rectBorder;
2251     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2252     {
2253         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2254         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2255         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2256         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2257     }
2258     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2259     {
2260         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2261         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2262         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2263         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2264     }
2265     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2266     {
2267         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2268         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2269         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2270         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2271     }
2272
2273     bool value;
2274     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2275     {
2276         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2277     }
2278     else
2279     {
2280         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2281         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2282     }
2283
2284     int flags = 0;
2285     if (value)
2286         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2287
2288     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2289 }
2290
2291 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2292 // wxGridCellAttr
2293 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2294
2295 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2296 {
2297     m_nRef = 1;
2298
2299     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2300
2301     m_renderer = NULL;
2302     m_editor = NULL;
2303
2304     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2305
2306     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2307     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2308
2309     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2310 }
2311
2312 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2313 {
2314     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2315
2316     if ( HasTextColour() )
2317         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2318     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2319         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2320     if ( HasFont() )
2321         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2322     if ( HasAlignment() )
2323         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2324
2325     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2326
2327     if ( m_renderer )
2328     {
2329         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2330         m_renderer->IncRef();
2331     }
2332     if ( m_editor )
2333     {
2334         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2335         m_editor->IncRef();
2336     }
2337
2338     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2339         attr->SetReadOnly();
2340
2341     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2342     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2343
2344     return attr;
2345 }
2346
2347 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2348 {
2349     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2350         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2351     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2352         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2353     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2354         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2355     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2356     {
2357         int hAlign, vAlign;
2358         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2359         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2360     }
2361     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2362         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2363
2364     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2365     // m_renderer/m_editor
2366     //
2367     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2368     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2369     {
2370         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2371         m_renderer->IncRef();
2372     }
2373     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2374     {
2375         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2376         m_editor->IncRef();
2377     }
2378     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2379         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2380
2381     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2382         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2383
2384     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2385 }
2386
2387 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2388 {
2389     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2390
2391     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2392     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2393     // set to negative or zero values such that
2394     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2395     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2396
2397     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2398
2399     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2400                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2401                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2402                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2403
2404     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2405     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2406 }
2407
2408 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2409 {
2410     if (HasTextColour())
2411     {
2412         return m_colText;
2413     }
2414     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2415     {
2416         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2417     }
2418     else
2419     {
2420         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2421         return wxNullColour;
2422     }
2423 }
2424
2425 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2426 {
2427     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2428     {
2429         return m_colBack;
2430     }
2431     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2432     {
2433         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2434     }
2435     else
2436     {
2437         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2438         return wxNullColour;
2439     }
2440 }
2441
2442 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2443 {
2444     if (HasFont())
2445     {
2446         return m_font;
2447     }
2448     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2449     {
2450         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2451     }
2452     else
2453     {
2454         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2455         return wxNullFont;
2456     }
2457 }
2458
2459 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2460 {
2461     if (HasAlignment())
2462     {
2463         if ( hAlign )
2464             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2465         if ( vAlign )
2466             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2467     }
2468     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2469     {
2470         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2471     }
2472     else
2473     {
2474         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2475     }
2476 }
2477
2478 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2479 {
2480     if ( num_rows )
2481         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2482     if ( num_cols )
2483         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2484 }
2485
2486 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2487 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2488 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2489 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2490 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2491 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2492
2493 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2494 {
2495     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
2496
2497     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2498     {
2499         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2500         renderer = m_renderer;
2501         renderer->IncRef();
2502     }
2503     else // no non-default cell renderer
2504     {
2505         // get default renderer for the data type
2506         if ( grid )
2507         {
2508             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2509             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2510         }
2511
2512         if ( renderer == NULL )
2513         {
2514             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2515             {
2516                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2517                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2518                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2519             }
2520             else // default grid attr
2521             {
2522                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2523                 renderer = m_renderer;
2524                 if ( renderer )
2525                     renderer->IncRef();
2526             }
2527         }
2528     }
2529
2530     // we're supposed to always find something
2531     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2532
2533     return renderer;
2534 }
2535
2536 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2537 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2538 {
2539     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
2540
2541     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2542     {
2543         // use the cells editor if it has one
2544         editor = m_editor;
2545         editor->IncRef();
2546     }
2547     else // no non default cell editor
2548     {
2549         // get default editor for the data type
2550         if ( grid )
2551         {
2552             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2553             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2554         }
2555
2556         if ( editor == NULL )
2557         {
2558             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
2559             {
2560                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2561                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2562                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2563             }
2564             else // default grid attr
2565             {
2566                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2567                 editor = m_editor;
2568                 if ( editor )
2569                     editor->IncRef();
2570             }
2571         }
2572     }
2573
2574     // we're supposed to always find something
2575     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2576
2577     return editor;
2578 }
2579
2580 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2581 // wxGridCellAttrData
2582 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2583
2584 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2585 {
2586     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2587     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2588     {
2589         // add the attribute
2590         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2591     }
2592     else
2593     {
2594         // free the old attribute
2595         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2596
2597         if ( attr )
2598         {
2599             // change the attribute
2600             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2601         }
2602         else
2603         {
2604             // remove this attribute
2605             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2606         }
2607     }
2608 }
2609
2610 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2611 {
2612     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2613
2614     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2615     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2616     {
2617         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2618         attr->IncRef();
2619     }
2620
2621     return attr;
2622 }
2623
2624 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2625 {
2626     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2627     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2628     {
2629         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2630         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2631         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2632         {
2633             if (numRows > 0)
2634             {
2635                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2636                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2637             }
2638             else if (numRows < 0)
2639             {
2640                 // If rows deleted ...
2641                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2642                 {
2643                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2644                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2645                 }
2646                 else
2647                 {
2648                     // ...or remove the attribute
2649                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2650                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2651                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2652                     n--;
2653                     count--;
2654                 }
2655             }
2656         }
2657     }
2658 }
2659
2660 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2661 {
2662     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2663     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2664     {
2665         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2666         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2667         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2668         {
2669             if ( numCols > 0 )
2670             {
2671                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2672                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2673             }
2674             else if (numCols < 0)
2675             {
2676                 // If rows deleted ...
2677                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2678                 {
2679                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2680                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2681                 }
2682                 else
2683                 {
2684                     // ...or remove the attribute
2685                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2686                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2687                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2688                     n--;
2689                     count--;
2690                 }
2691             }
2692         }
2693     }
2694 }
2695
2696 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2697 {
2698     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2699     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2700     {
2701         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2702         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2703         {
2704             return n;
2705         }
2706     }
2707
2708     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2709 }
2710
2711 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2712 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2713 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2714
2715 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2716 {
2717     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2718     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2719     {
2720         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2721     }
2722 }
2723
2724 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2725 {
2726     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2727
2728     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2729     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2730     {
2731         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2732         attr->IncRef();
2733     }
2734
2735     return attr;
2736 }
2737
2738 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2739 {
2740     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2741     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2742     {
2743         if ( attr )
2744         {
2745             // add the attribute
2746             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2747             m_attrs.Add(attr);
2748         }
2749         // nothing to remove
2750     }
2751     else
2752     {
2753         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2754         if ( attr )
2755         {
2756             // change the attribute
2757             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2758             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2759         }
2760         else
2761         {
2762             // remove this attribute
2763             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2764             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2765             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2766         }
2767     }
2768 }
2769
2770 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2771 {
2772     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2773     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2774     {
2775         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2776         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2777         {
2778             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2779             {
2780                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2781                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2782             }
2783             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2784             {
2785                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2786                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2787                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2788                 else
2789                 {
2790                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2791                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2792                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2793                     n--;
2794                     count--;
2795                 }
2796             }
2797         }
2798     }
2799 }
2800
2801 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2802 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2803 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2804
2805 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2806 {
2807     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2808 }
2809
2810 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2811 {
2812     delete m_data;
2813 }
2814
2815 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2816 {
2817     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2818 }
2819
2820 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2821                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2822 {
2823     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2824     if ( m_data )
2825     {
2826         switch (kind)
2827         {
2828             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2829                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2830                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2831                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2832                 if (!attr)
2833                 {
2834                     // Basically implement old version.
2835                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2836                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2837                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2838                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2839
2840                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2841                     {
2842                         // Two or more are non NULL
2843                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2844                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2845
2846                         // Order is important..
2847                         if (attrcell)
2848                         {
2849                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2850                             attrcell->DecRef();
2851                         }
2852                         if (attrcol)
2853                         {
2854                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2855                             attrcol->DecRef();
2856                         }
2857                         if (attrrow)
2858                         {
2859                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2860                             attrrow->DecRef();
2861                         }
2862
2863                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2864                         //attr->IncRef();
2865                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2866                     }
2867                     else
2868                     {
2869                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2870                         if (attrrow)
2871                             attr = attrrow;
2872                         if (attrcol)
2873                         {
2874                             if (attr)
2875                                 attr->DecRef();
2876                             attr = attrcol;
2877                         }
2878                         if (attrcell)
2879                         {
2880                             if (attr)
2881                                 attr->DecRef();
2882                             attr = attrcell;
2883                         }
2884                     }
2885                 }
2886                 break;
2887
2888             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2889                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2890                 break;
2891
2892             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2893                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2894                 break;
2895
2896             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2897                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2898                 break;
2899
2900             default:
2901                 // unused as yet...
2902                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2903                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2904                 break;
2905         }
2906     }
2907
2908     return attr;
2909 }
2910
2911 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2912                                      int row, int col)
2913 {
2914     if ( !m_data )
2915         InitData();
2916
2917     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2918 }
2919
2920 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2921 {
2922     if ( !m_data )
2923         InitData();
2924
2925     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2926 }
2927
2928 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2929 {
2930     if ( !m_data )
2931         InitData();
2932
2933     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2934 }
2935
2936 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2937 {
2938     if ( m_data )
2939     {
2940         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2941
2942         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2943     }
2944 }
2945
2946 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2947 {
2948     if ( m_data )
2949     {
2950         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2951
2952         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2953     }
2954 }
2955
2956 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2957 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2958 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2959
2960 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2961 {
2962     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2963     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2964         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2965 }
2966
2967 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2968                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2969                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2970 {
2971     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2972
2973     // is it already registered?
2974     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2975     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2976     {
2977         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2978         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2979     }
2980     else
2981     {
2982         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2983     }
2984 }
2985
2986 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2987 {
2988     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2989     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2990     {
2991         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2992         {
2993             return i;
2994         }
2995     }
2996
2997     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2998 }
2999
3000 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3001 {
3002     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3003     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3004     {
3005         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3006         // register it "on the fly"
3007 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3008         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3009         {
3010             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3011                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3012                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3013         }
3014         else
3015 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3016 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3017         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3018         {
3019             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3020                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3021                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3022         }
3023         else
3024 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3025 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3026         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3027         {
3028             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3029                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3030                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3031         }
3032         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3033         {
3034             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3035                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3036                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3037         }
3038         else
3039 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3040 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3041         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3042         {
3043             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3044                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3045                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3046         }
3047         else
3048 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3049         {
3050             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3051         }
3052
3053         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3054         // the last index
3055         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3056     }
3057
3058     return index;
3059 }
3060
3061 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3062 {
3063     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3064     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3065     {
3066         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3067         // are the parameters for the renderer
3068         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3069         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3070         {
3071             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3072         }
3073
3074         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3075         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3076         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3077         rendererOld->DecRef();
3078
3079         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3080         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3081         editor = editor->Clone();
3082         editorOld->DecRef();
3083
3084         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3085         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3086         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3087         editor->SetParameters(params);
3088
3089         // register the new typename
3090         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3091
3092         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3093         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3094     }
3095
3096     return index;
3097 }
3098
3099 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3100 {
3101     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3102     if (renderer)
3103         renderer->IncRef();
3104
3105     return renderer;
3106 }
3107
3108 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3109 {
3110     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3111     if (editor)
3112         editor->IncRef();
3113
3114     return editor;
3115 }
3116
3117 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3118 // wxGridTableBase
3119 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3120
3121 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3122
3123 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3124 {
3125     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3126     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3127 }
3128
3129 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3130 {
3131     delete m_attrProvider;
3132 }
3133
3134 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3135 {
3136     delete m_attrProvider;
3137     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3138 }
3139
3140 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3141 {
3142     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3143     {
3144         // use the default attr provider by default
3145         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3146     }
3147
3148     return true;
3149 }
3150
3151 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3152 {
3153     if ( m_attrProvider )
3154         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3155     else
3156         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3157 }
3158
3159 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3160 {
3161     if ( m_attrProvider )
3162     {
3163         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3164         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3165     }
3166     else
3167     {
3168         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3169         // free it now
3170         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3171     }
3172 }
3173
3174 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3175 {
3176     if ( m_attrProvider )
3177     {
3178         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3179         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3180     }
3181     else
3182     {
3183         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3184         // free it now
3185         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3186     }
3187 }
3188
3189 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3190 {
3191     if ( m_attrProvider )
3192     {
3193         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3194         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3195     }
3196     else
3197     {
3198         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3199         // free it now
3200         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3201     }
3202 }
3203
3204 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3205                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3206 {
3207     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3208
3209     return false;
3210 }
3211
3212 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3213 {
3214     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3215
3216     return false;
3217 }
3218
3219 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3220                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3221 {
3222     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3223
3224     return false;
3225 }
3226
3227 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3228                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3229 {
3230     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3231
3232     return false;
3233 }
3234
3235 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3236 {
3237     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3238
3239     return false;
3240 }
3241
3242 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3243                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3244 {
3245     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3246
3247     return false;
3248 }
3249
3250 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3251 {
3252     wxString s;
3253
3254     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3255     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3256     s << row + 1;
3257
3258     return s;
3259 }
3260
3261 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3262 {
3263     // default col labels are:
3264     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3265     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3266     //   etc.
3267
3268     wxString s;
3269     unsigned int i, n;
3270     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3271     {
3272         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3273         col = col / 26 - 1;
3274         if ( col < 0 )
3275             break;
3276     }
3277
3278     // reverse the string...
3279     wxString s2;
3280     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3281     {
3282         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3283     }
3284
3285     return s2;
3286 }
3287
3288 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3289 {
3290     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3291 }
3292
3293 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3294                                      const wxString& typeName )
3295 {
3296     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3297 }
3298
3299 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3300 {
3301     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3302 }
3303
3304 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3305 {
3306     return 0;
3307 }
3308
3309 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3310 {
3311     return 0.0;
3312 }
3313
3314 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3315 {
3316     return false;
3317 }
3318
3319 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3320                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3321 {
3322 }
3323
3324 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3325                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3326 {
3327 }
3328
3329 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3330                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3331 {
3332 }
3333
3334 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3335                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3336 {
3337     return NULL;
3338 }
3339
3340 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3341                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3342                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3343 {
3344 }
3345
3346 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3347 //
3348 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3349 // to the grid view
3350 //
3351
3352 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3353 {
3354     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3355     m_id = -1;
3356     m_comInt1 = -1;
3357     m_comInt2 = -1;
3358 }
3359
3360 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3361                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3362 {
3363     m_table = table;
3364     m_id = id;
3365     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3366     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3367 }
3368
3369 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3370 //
3371 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3372 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3373 //
3374
3375 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3376
3377 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3378
3379 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3380         : wxGridTableBase()
3381 {
3382 }
3383
3384 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3385         : wxGridTableBase()
3386 {
3387     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3388
3389     wxArrayString sa;
3390     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3391     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3392
3393     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3394 }
3395
3396 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3397 {
3398 }
3399
3400 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3401 {
3402     return m_data.GetCount();
3403 }
3404
3405 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3406 {
3407     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3408         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3409     else
3410         return 0;
3411 }
3412
3413 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3414 {
3415     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3416                  wxEmptyString,
3417                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3418
3419     return m_data[row][col];
3420 }
3421
3422 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3423 {
3424     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3425                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3426
3427     m_data[row][col] = value;
3428 }
3429
3430 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3431 {
3432     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3433                  true,
3434                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3435
3436     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3437 }
3438
3439 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3440 {
3441     int row, col;
3442     int numRows, numCols;
3443
3444     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3445     if ( numRows > 0 )
3446     {
3447         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3448
3449         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3450         {
3451             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3452             {
3453                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3454             }
3455         }
3456     }
3457 }
3458
3459 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3460 {
3461     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3462     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3463                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3464
3465     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3466     {
3467         return AppendRows( numRows );
3468     }
3469
3470     wxArrayString sa;
3471     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3472     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3473     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3474
3475     if ( GetView() )
3476     {
3477         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3478                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3479                                 pos,
3480                                 numRows );
3481
3482         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3483     }
3484
3485     return true;
3486 }
3487
3488 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3489 {
3490     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3491     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3492                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3493                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3494
3495     wxArrayString sa;
3496     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3497     {
3498         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3499         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3500     }
3501
3502     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3503
3504     if ( GetView() )
3505     {
3506         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3507                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3508                                 numRows );
3509
3510         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3511     }
3512
3513     return true;
3514 }
3515
3516 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3517 {
3518     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3519
3520     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3521     {
3522         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3523                     (
3524                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3525                         (unsigned long)pos,
3526                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3527                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3528                     ) );
3529
3530         return false;
3531     }
3532
3533     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3534     {
3535         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3536     }
3537
3538     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3539     {
3540         m_data.Clear();
3541     }
3542     else
3543     {
3544         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3545     }
3546
3547     if ( GetView() )
3548     {
3549         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3550                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3551                                 pos,
3552                                 numRows );
3553
3554         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3555     }
3556
3557     return true;
3558 }
3559
3560 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3561 {
3562     size_t row, col;
3563
3564     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3565     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3566                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3567                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3568
3569     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3570     {
3571         return AppendCols( numCols );
3572     }
3573
3574     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3575     {
3576         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
3577
3578         size_t i;
3579         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
3580             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
3581     }
3582
3583     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3584     {
3585         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3586         {
3587             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3588         }
3589     }
3590
3591     if ( GetView() )
3592     {
3593         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3594                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3595                                 pos,
3596                                 numCols );
3597
3598         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3599     }
3600
3601     return true;
3602 }
3603
3604 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3605 {
3606     size_t row;
3607
3608     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3609
3610 #if 0
3611     if ( !curNumRows )
3612     {
3613         // TODO: something better than this ?
3614         //
3615         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3616         return false;
3617     }
3618 #endif
3619
3620     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3621     {
3622         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3623     }
3624
3625     if ( GetView() )
3626     {
3627         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3628                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3629                                 numCols );
3630
3631         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3632     }
3633
3634     return true;
3635 }
3636
3637 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3638 {
3639     size_t row;
3640
3641     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3642     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3643                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3644
3645     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3646     {
3647         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3648                     (
3649                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3650                         (unsigned long)pos,
3651                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3652                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3653                     ) );
3654         return false;
3655     }
3656
3657     int colID;
3658     if ( GetView() )
3659         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
3660     else
3661         colID = pos;
3662
3663     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
3664     {
3665         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
3666     }
3667
3668     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
3669     {
3670         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
3671         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
3672         // element and not numCols, so account for it
3673         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
3674         if ( nToRm > 0 )
3675             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
3676     }
3677
3678     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3679     {
3680         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3681         {
3682             m_data[row].Clear();
3683         }
3684         else
3685         {
3686             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
3687         }
3688     }
3689
3690     if ( GetView() )
3691     {
3692         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3693                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3694                                 pos,
3695                                 numCols );
3696
3697         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3698     }
3699
3700     return true;
3701 }
3702
3703 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3704 {
3705     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3706     {
3707         // using default label
3708         //
3709         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3710     }
3711     else
3712     {
3713         return m_rowLabels[row];
3714     }
3715 }
3716
3717 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3718 {
3719     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3720     {
3721         // using default label
3722         //
3723         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3724     }
3725     else
3726     {
3727         return m_colLabels[col];
3728     }
3729 }
3730
3731 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3732 {
3733     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3734     {
3735         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3736         int i;
3737
3738         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3739         {
3740             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3741         }
3742     }
3743
3744     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3745 }
3746
3747 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3748 {
3749     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3750     {
3751         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3752         int i;
3753
3754         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3755         {
3756             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3757         }
3758     }
3759
3760     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3761 }
3762
3763
3764 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3765 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3766
3767 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
3768     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
3769 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3770
3771 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
3772 {
3773     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
3774 }
3775
3776 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3777
3778 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3779     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3780     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3781     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3782 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3783
3784 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3785                                             wxWindowID id,
3786                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3787   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3788 {
3789     m_owner = parent;
3790 }
3791
3792 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3793 {
3794     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3795
3796     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3797     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3798     // set the y coord  - MB
3799     //
3800     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3801
3802     int x, y;
3803     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3804     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3805     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
3806
3807     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3808     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3809 }
3810
3811 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3812 {
3813     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3814 }
3815
3816 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3817 {
3818     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3819 }
3820
3821 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3822
3823 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3824
3825 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3826     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3827     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3828     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3829 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3830
3831 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3832                                             wxWindowID id,
3833                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3834   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3835 {
3836     m_owner = parent;
3837 }
3838
3839 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3840 {
3841     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3842
3843     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3844     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3845     // set the x coord  - MB
3846     //
3847     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3848
3849     int x, y;
3850     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3851     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
3852     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
3853         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
3854     else
3855         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
3856
3857     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3858     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3859 }
3860
3861 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3862 {
3863     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3864 }
3865
3866 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3867 {
3868     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3869 }
3870
3871 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3872
3873 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3874
3875 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3876     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3877     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3878     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3879 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3880
3881 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3882                                                   wxWindowID id,
3883                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3884   : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size)
3885 {
3886     m_owner = parent;
3887 }
3888
3889 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3890 {
3891     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3892
3893     int client_height = 0;
3894     int client_width = 0;
3895     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3896
3897     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3898 #if 0
3899 def __WXGTK__
3900     wxRect rect;
3901     rect.SetX( 1 );
3902     rect.SetY( 1 );
3903     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3904     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3905
3906     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3907 #else // !__WXGTK__
3908     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
3909     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3910     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3911     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3912     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3913
3914     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3915     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3916     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3917 #endif
3918 }
3919
3920 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3921 {
3922     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3923 }
3924
3925 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3926 {
3927     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3928 }
3929
3930 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3931
3932 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3933
3934 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
3935     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3936     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3937     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3938     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3939     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3940     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3941     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3942     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3943     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3944 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3945
3946 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3947                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3948                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3949                             wxWindowID id,
3950                             const wxPoint &pos,
3951                             const wxSize &size )
3952             : wxGridSubwindow(parent, id, pos, size,
3953                               wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
3954                               wxT("grid window") )
3955 {
3956     m_owner = parent;
3957     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3958     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3959 }
3960
3961 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3962 {
3963     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3964     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3965     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3966     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3967     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
3968
3969 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3970     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3971 #endif
3972
3973     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3974     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
3975 }
3976
3977 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3978 {
3979     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3980     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3981     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3982 }
3983
3984 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3985 {
3986     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3987         SetFocus();
3988
3989     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3990 }
3991
3992 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3993 {
3994     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3995 }
3996
3997 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3998 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3999 //
4000 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4001 {
4002     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4003         event.Skip();
4004 }
4005
4006 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4007 {
4008     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4009         event.Skip();
4010 }
4011
4012 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4013 {
4014     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4015         event.Skip();
4016 }
4017
4018 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4019 {
4020 }
4021
4022 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4023 {
4024     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4025     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4026     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4027     {
4028         Refresh();
4029     }
4030     else
4031     {
4032         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4033         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4034         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4035         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4036         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4037         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4038
4039         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4040         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4041                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4042         const wxRect cursor =
4043             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4044         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4045     }
4046
4047     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4048         event.Skip();
4049 }
4050
4051 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4052
4053 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
4054 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
4055 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
4056 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
4057
4058 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
4059
4060 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4061                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4062                            bool clipToMinMax);
4063
4064 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4065 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4066                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4067                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4068
4069 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4070
4071 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4072 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4073
4074 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4075     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4076     // use them for streaming out
4077     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4078     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4079     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4080     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4081     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4082     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4083
4084     // old style border flags
4085     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4086     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4087     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4088     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4089     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4090     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4091
4092     // standard window styles
4093     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4094     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4095     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4096     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4097     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4098     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4099     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4100     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4101
4102 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4103
4104 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4105
4106 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4107     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4108     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4109 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4110
4111 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4112 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4113
4114 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4115
4116 /*
4117  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4118 */
4119 #else
4120 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4121 #endif
4122
4123 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4124     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4125     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4126     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4127     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4128     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4129     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4130 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4131
4132 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4133 {
4134     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
4135     // trigerred in a unfinished state
4136     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4137     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4138     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4139     m_gridWin = NULL;
4140 }
4141
4142 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4143                  wxWindowID id,
4144                  const wxPoint& pos,
4145                  const wxSize& size,
4146                  long style,
4147                  const wxString& name )
4148   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
4149     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
4150     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
4151 {
4152     Create();
4153     SetInitialSize(size);
4154 }
4155
4156 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4157                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4158                           long style, const wxString& name)
4159 {
4160     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4161                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4162         return false;
4163
4164     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4165     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4166
4167     Create();
4168     SetInitialSize(size);
4169     CalcDimensions();
4170
4171     return true;
4172 }
4173
4174 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4175 {
4176     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4177     SetTargetWindow(this);
4178     ClearAttrCache();
4179     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4180
4181 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4182     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4183     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4184                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4185              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4186              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4187 #endif
4188
4189     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4190     // with dangling view pointer
4191     if ( m_ownTable )
4192         delete m_table;
4193     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4194         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4195
4196     delete m_typeRegistry;
4197     delete m_selection;
4198 }
4199
4200 //
4201 // ----- internal init and update functions
4202 //
4203
4204 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4205 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4206 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4207
4208 void wxGrid::Create()
4209 {
4210     // set to true by CreateGrid
4211     m_created = false;
4212
4213     // create the type registry
4214     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4215     m_selection = NULL;
4216
4217     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4218     m_ownTable = false;
4219
4220     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4221
4222     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4223
4224     // Set default cell attributes
4225     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4226     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4227     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4228     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4229     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4230     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4231
4232 #if _USE_VISATTR
4233     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4234     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4235
4236     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4237     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4238
4239 #else
4240     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4241         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4242     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4243         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4244 #endif
4245
4246     m_numRows = 0;
4247     m_numCols = 0;
4248     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4249
4250     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4251     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4252
4253     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4254     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4255                                               wxID_ANY,
4256                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4257                                               wxDefaultSize );
4258
4259     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4260                                               wxID_ANY,
4261                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4262                                               wxDefaultSize );
4263
4264     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4265                                                     wxID_ANY,
4266                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4267                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4268
4269     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4270                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4271                                   m_colLabelWin,
4272                                   wxID_ANY,
4273                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4274                                   wxDefaultSize );
4275
4276     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4277
4278 #if _USE_VISATTR
4279     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4280     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4281     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4282     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4283 #else
4284     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4285     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4286     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4287     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4288 #endif
4289
4290     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4291     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4292     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4293     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4294     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4295     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4296
4297     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4298     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4299
4300     Init();
4301 }
4302
4303 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4304                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4305 {
4306     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4307                  false,
4308                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4309
4310     m_numRows = numRows;
4311     m_numCols = numCols;
4312
4313     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4314     m_table->SetView( this );
4315     m_ownTable = true;
4316     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4317
4318     CalcDimensions();
4319
4320     m_created = true;
4321
4322     return m_created;
4323 }
4324
4325 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4326 {
4327     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4328                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4329
4330     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4331 }
4332
4333 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4334 {
4335     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4336                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4337
4338     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4339 }
4340
4341 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4342                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4343 {
4344     bool checkSelection = false;
4345     if ( m_created )
4346     {
4347         // stop all processing
4348         m_created = false;
4349
4350         if (m_table)
4351         {
4352             m_table->SetView(0);
4353             if( m_ownTable )
4354                 delete m_table;
4355             m_table = NULL;
4356         }
4357
4358         delete m_selection;
4359         m_selection = NULL;
4360
4361         m_ownTable = false;
4362         m_numRows = 0;
4363         m_numCols = 0;
4364         checkSelection = true;
4365
4366         // kill row and column size arrays
4367         m_colWidths.Empty();
4368         m_colRights.Empty();
4369         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4370         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4371     }
4372
4373     if (table)
4374     {
4375         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4376         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4377
4378         m_table = table;
4379         m_table->SetView( this );
4380         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4381         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4382         if (checkSelection)
4383         {
4384             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4385             // original one current cell and selection regions
4386             // might be invalid,
4387             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4388             m_currentCellCoords =
4389               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4390                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4391             if (m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4392                 m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4393             {
4394                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4395                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4396             }
4397             else
4398                 m_selectingBottomRight =
4399                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4400                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow()),
4401                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4402                                          m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol()));
4403         }
4404         CalcDimensions();
4405
4406         m_created = true;
4407     }
4408
4409     return m_created;
4410 }
4411
4412 void wxGrid::Init()
4413 {
4414     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4415     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4416
4417     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4418     {
4419         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4420     }
4421     else
4422     {
4423         m_labelBackgroundColour = *wxWHITE;
4424     }
4425
4426     m_labelTextColour = *wxBLACK;
4427
4428     // init attr cache
4429     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4430     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4431     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4432
4433     // TODO: something better than this ?
4434     //
4435     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4436     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4437
4438     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4439     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4440
4441     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4442     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4443     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4444
4445     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4446     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4447
4448     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4449     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4450
4451 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4452     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4453 #else
4454     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4455 #endif
4456
4457     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4458     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4459     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4460     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4461     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4462
4463     m_canDragColMove = false;
4464
4465     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4466     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4467     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4468     m_canDragColSize = true;
4469     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4470     m_canDragCell = false;
4471     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4472     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4473     m_isDragging = false;
4474     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4475     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4476
4477     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4478
4479     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4480     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4481
4482     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4483
4484     ClearSelection();
4485
4486     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4487     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4488
4489     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4490
4491     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4492     m_batchCount = 0;
4493
4494     m_extraWidth =
4495     m_extraHeight = 0;
4496
4497     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4498     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4499 }
4500
4501 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4502 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4503 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4504 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4505 // arrays at all
4506 //
4507 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4508 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4509 // this is not done currently
4510 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4511
4512 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4513 {
4514     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4515     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4516
4517     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4518     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4519
4520     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4521
4522     int rowBottom = 0;
4523     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4524     {
4525         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4526         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4527     }
4528 }
4529
4530 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4531 {
4532     m_colWidths.Empty();
4533     m_colRights.Empty();
4534
4535     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4536     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4537
4538     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4539
4540     int colRight = 0;
4541     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4542     {
4543         colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4544         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4545     }
4546 }
4547
4548 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4549 {
4550     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4551 }
4552
4553 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4554 {
4555     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
4556                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4557 }
4558
4559 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4560 {
4561     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4562                                  : m_colRights[col];
4563 }
4564
4565 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4566 {
4567     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4568 }
4569
4570 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4571 {
4572     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4573                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4574 }
4575
4576 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4577 {
4578     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4579                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4580 }
4581
4582 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4583 {
4584     // compute the size of the scrollable area
4585     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
4586     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
4587
4588     w += m_extraWidth;
4589     h += m_extraHeight;
4590
4591     // take into account editor if shown
4592     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4593     {
4594         int w2, h2;
4595         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4596         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4597         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4598         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4599
4600         // how big is the editor
4601         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4602         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4603         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4604         w2 += x;
4605         h2 += y;
4606         if ( w2 > w )
4607             w = w2;
4608         if ( h2 > h )
4609             h = h2;
4610         editor->DecRef();
4611         attr->DecRef();
4612     }
4613
4614     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4615     int x, y;
4616     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4617
4618     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4619     if ( x >= w )
4620         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4621     if ( y >= h )
4622         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4623
4624     // do set scrollbar parameters
4625     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4626                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h),
4627                    x, y,
4628                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4629
4630     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4631     // still must reposition the children
4632     CalcWindowSizes();
4633 }
4634
4635 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4636 {
4637     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4638
4639     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4640         return;
4641
4642     int cw, ch;
4643     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4644
4645     // this block of code tries to work around the following problem: the grid
4646     // could have been just resized to have enough space to show the full grid
4647     // window contents without the scrollbars, but its client size could be
4648     // not big enough because the grid has the scrollbars right now and so the
4649     // scrollbars would remain even though we don't need them any more
4650     //
4651     // to prevent this from happening, check if we have enough space for
4652     // everything without the scrollbars and explicitly disable them then
4653     wxSize size = GetSize() - GetWindowBorderSize();
4654     if ( size != wxSize(cw, ch) )
4655     {
4656         // check if we have enough space for grid window after accounting for
4657         // the fixed size elements
4658         size.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4659         size.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
4660
4661         const wxSize vsize = m_gridWin->GetVirtualSize();
4662
4663         if ( size.x >= vsize.x && size.y >= vsize.y )
4664         {
4665             // yes, we do, so remove the scrollbars and use the new client size
4666             // (which should be the same as full window size - borders now)
4667             SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0);
4668             GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
4669         }
4670     }
4671
4672     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4673         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4674
4675     if ( m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4676         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4677
4678     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4679         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4680
4681     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4682         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight );
4683 }
4684
4685 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4686 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4687 //
4688 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4689 {
4690     int i;
4691     bool result = false;
4692
4693     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4694     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4695     ClearAttrCache();
4696
4697     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4698     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4699     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4700     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4701     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4702     HideCellEditControl();
4703
4704 #if 0
4705     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4706     // now
4707     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4708     {
4709         InitColWidths();
4710     }
4711
4712     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4713     {
4714         InitRowHeights();
4715     }
4716 #endif
4717
4718     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4719     {
4720         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4721         {
4722             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4723             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4724
4725             m_numRows += numRows;
4726
4727             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4728             {
4729                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4730                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4731
4732                 int bottom = 0;
4733                 if ( pos > 0 )
4734                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4735
4736                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4737                 {
4738                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4739                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4740                 }
4741             }
4742
4743             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4744             {
4745                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4746                 // cell will be undefined...
4747                 //
4748                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4749             }
4750
4751             if ( m_selection )
4752                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4753             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4754             if (attrProvider)
4755                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4756
4757             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4758             {
4759                 CalcDimensions();
4760                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4761             }
4762         }
4763         result = true;
4764         break;
4765
4766         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4767         {
4768             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4769             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4770             m_numRows += numRows;
4771
4772             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4773             {
4774                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4775                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4776
4777                 int bottom = 0;
4778                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4779                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4780
4781                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4782                 {
4783                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4784                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4785                 }
4786             }
4787
4788             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4789             {
4790                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4791                 // cell will be undefined...
4792                 //
4793                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4794             }
4795
4796             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4797             {
4798                 CalcDimensions();
4799                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4800             }
4801         }
4802         result = true;
4803         break;
4804
4805         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4806         {
4807             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4808             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4809             m_numRows -= numRows;
4810
4811             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4812             {
4813                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4814                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4815
4816                 int h = 0;
4817                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4818                 {
4819                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4820                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4821                 }
4822             }
4823
4824             if ( !m_numRows )
4825             {
4826                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4827             }
4828             else
4829             {
4830                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4831                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4832             }
4833
4834             if ( m_selection )
4835                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4836             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4837             if (attrProvider)
4838             {
4839                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4840
4841 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4842 #if 0
4843                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4844                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4845                 // all column attributes.
4846                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4847                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4848                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4849                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4850 #endif
4851             }
4852
4853             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4854             {
4855                 CalcDimensions();
4856                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4857             }
4858         }
4859         result = true;
4860         break;
4861
4862         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4863         {
4864             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4865             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4866             m_numCols += numCols;
4867
4868             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4869             {
4870                 //Shift the column IDs
4871                 int i;
4872                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
4873                 {
4874                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
4875                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
4876                 }
4877
4878                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
4879
4880                 //Set the new columns' positions
4881                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
4882                 {
4883                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4884                 }
4885             }
4886
4887             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4888             {
4889                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4890                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4891
4892                 int right = 0;
4893                 if ( pos > 0 )
4894                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
4895
4896                 int colPos;
4897                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4898                 {
4899                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4900
4901                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4902                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4903                 }
4904             }
4905
4906             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4907             {
4908                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4909                 // cell will be undefined...
4910                 //
4911                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4912             }
4913
4914             if ( m_selection )
4915                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4916             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4917             if (attrProvider)
4918                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4919             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4920             {
4921                 CalcDimensions();
4922                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4923             }
4924         }
4925         result = true;
4926         break;
4927
4928         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4929         {
4930             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4931             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4932             m_numCols += numCols;
4933
4934             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4935             {
4936                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
4937
4938                 //Set the new columns' positions
4939                 int i;
4940                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4941                 {
4942                     m_colAt[i] = i;
4943                 }
4944             }
4945
4946             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4947             {
4948                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4949                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4950
4951                 int right = 0;
4952                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4953                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
4954
4955                 int colPos;
4956                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4957                 {
4958                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
4959
4960                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4961                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4962                 }
4963             }
4964
4965             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4966             {
4967                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4968                 // cell will be undefined...
4969                 //
4970                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4971             }
4972             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4973             {
4974                 CalcDimensions();
4975                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4976             }
4977         }
4978         result = true;
4979         break;
4980
4981         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4982         {
4983             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4984             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4985             m_numCols -= numCols;
4986
4987             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
4988             {
4989                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
4990
4991                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4992
4993                 //Shift the column IDs
4994                 int colPos;
4995                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4996                 {
4997                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
4998                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
4999                 }
5000             }
5001
5002             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5003             {
5004                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5005                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5006
5007                 int w = 0;
5008                 int colPos;
5009                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5010                 {
5011                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5012
5013                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5014                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5015                 }
5016             }
5017
5018             if ( !m_numCols )
5019             {
5020                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5021             }
5022             else
5023             {
5024                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5025                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5026             }
5027
5028             if ( m_selection )
5029                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5030             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5031             if (attrProvider)
5032             {
5033                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5034
5035 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5036 #if 0
5037                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5038                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5039                 // all row attributes.
5040                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5041                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5042                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5043                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5044 #endif
5045             }
5046
5047             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5048             {
5049                 CalcDimensions();
5050                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
5051             }
5052         }
5053         result = true;
5054         break;
5055     }
5056
5057     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5058         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5059
5060     return result;
5061 }
5062
5063 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5064 {
5065     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5066     wxRect r;
5067
5068     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5069
5070     int top, bottom;
5071     while ( iter )
5072     {
5073         r = iter.GetRect();
5074
5075         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5076         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5077         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5078         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5079         //
5080 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5081         int cw, ch;
5082         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5083         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5084             r.SetTop( 0 );
5085         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5086 #endif
5087
5088         // logical bounds of update region
5089         //
5090         int dummy;
5091         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5092         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5093
5094         // find the row labels within these bounds
5095         //
5096         int row;
5097         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5098         {
5099             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5100                 continue;
5101
5102             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5103                 break;
5104
5105             rowlabels.Add( row );
5106         }
5107
5108         ++iter;
5109     }
5110
5111     return rowlabels;
5112 }
5113
5114 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5115 {
5116     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5117     wxRect r;
5118
5119     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5120
5121     int left, right;
5122     while ( iter )
5123     {
5124         r = iter.GetRect();
5125
5126         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5127         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5128         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5129         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5130         //
5131 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5132         int cw, ch;
5133         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5134         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5135             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5136         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5137 #endif
5138
5139         // logical bounds of update region
5140         //
5141         int dummy;
5142         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5143         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5144
5145         // find the cells within these bounds
5146         //
5147         int col;
5148         int colPos;
5149         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5150         {
5151             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5152
5153             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5154                 continue;
5155
5156             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5157                 break;
5158
5159             colLabels.Add( col );
5160         }
5161
5162         ++iter;
5163     }
5164
5165     return colLabels;
5166 }
5167
5168 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5169 {
5170     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5171     wxRect r;
5172
5173     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5174
5175     int left, top, right, bottom;
5176     while ( iter )
5177     {
5178         r = iter.GetRect();
5179
5180         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5181         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5182         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5183         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5184         //
5185 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5186         int cw, ch;
5187         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5188         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5189         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5190         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5191         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5192 #endif
5193
5194         // logical bounds of update region
5195         //
5196         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5197         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5198
5199         // find the cells within these bounds
5200         //
5201         int row, col;
5202         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5203         {
5204             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5205                 continue;
5206
5207             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5208                 break;
5209
5210             int colPos;
5211             for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5212             {
5213                 col = GetColAt( colPos );
5214
5215                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5216                     continue;
5217
5218                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5219                     break;
5220
5221                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5222             }
5223         }
5224
5225         ++iter;
5226     }
5227
5228     return cellsExposed;
5229 }
5230
5231
5232 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5233 {
5234     int x, y, row;
5235     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5236     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5237
5238     if ( event.Dragging() )
5239     {
5240         if (!m_isDragging)
5241         {
5242             m_isDragging = true;
5243             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5244         }
5245
5246         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5247         {
5248             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5249             {
5250                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5251                 {
5252                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5253                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5254                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5255
5256                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5257                     PrepareDC( dc );
5258                     y = wxMax( y,
5259                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5260                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5261                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5262                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5263                     {
5264                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5265                     }
5266                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5267                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5268                 }
5269                 break;
5270
5271                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5272                 {
5273                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5274                     {
5275                         if ( m_selection )
5276                         {
5277                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5278                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5279                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5280                                                     event.AltDown(),
5281                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5282                         }
5283                     }
5284                 }
5285                 break;
5286
5287                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5288                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5289                 default:
5290                     break;
5291             }
5292         }
5293         return;
5294     }
5295
5296     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5297         return;
5298
5299     if (m_isDragging)
5300     {
5301         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5302             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5303         m_isDragging = false;
5304     }
5305
5306     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5307     //
5308     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5309     {
5310         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5311     }
5312
5313     // ------------ Left button pressed
5314     //
5315     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5316     {
5317         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5318         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5319         // wanting to resize the row
5320         //
5321         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5322         {
5323             row = YToRow(y);
5324             if ( row >= 0 &&
5325                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5326             {
5327                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5328                     ClearSelection();
5329                 if ( m_selection )
5330                 {
5331                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5332                     {
5333                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5334                                                   0,
5335                                                   row,
5336                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5337                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5338                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5339                                                   event.AltDown(),
5340                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5341                     }
5342                     else
5343                     {
5344                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5345                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5346                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5347                                                 event.AltDown(),
5348                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5349                     }
5350                 }
5351
5352                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5353             }
5354         }
5355         else
5356         {
5357             // starting to drag-resize a row
5358             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5359                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5360         }
5361     }
5362
5363     // ------------ Left double click
5364     //
5365     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5366     {
5367         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5368         if ( row < 0 )
5369         {
5370             row = YToRow(y);
5371             if ( row >=0 &&
5372                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5373             {
5374                 // no default action at the moment
5375             }
5376         }
5377         else
5378         {
5379             // adjust row height depending on label text
5380             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5381
5382             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5383             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5384         }
5385     }
5386
5387     // ------------ Left button released
5388     //
5389     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5390     {
5391         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5392         {
5393             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5394
5395             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5396             // default processing in this case
5397             //
5398             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5399         }
5400
5401         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5402         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5403     }
5404
5405     // ------------ Right button down
5406     //
5407     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5408     {
5409         row = YToRow(y);
5410         if ( row >=0 &&
5411              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5412         {
5413             // no default action at the moment
5414         }
5415     }
5416
5417     // ------------ Right double click
5418     //
5419     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5420     {
5421         row = YToRow(y);
5422         if ( row >= 0 &&
5423              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5424         {
5425             // no default action at the moment
5426         }
5427     }
5428
5429     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5430     //
5431     else if ( event.Moving() )
5432     {
5433         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5434         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5435         {
5436             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5437             {
5438                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5439                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5440                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5441             }
5442         }
5443         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5444         {
5445             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5446         }
5447     }
5448 }
5449
5450 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5451 {
5452     int x, y, col;
5453     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5454     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5455
5456     if ( event.Dragging() )
5457     {
5458         if (!m_isDragging)
5459         {
5460             m_isDragging = true;
5461             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5462
5463             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL )
5464                 m_dragRowOrCol = XToCol( x );
5465         }
5466
5467         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5468         {
5469             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5470             {
5471                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5472                 {
5473                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5474                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5475                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5476
5477                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5478                     PrepareDC( dc );
5479
5480                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5481                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5482                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5483                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5484                     {
5485                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5486                     }
5487                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5488                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5489                 }
5490                 break;
5491
5492                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5493                 {
5494                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5495                     {
5496                         if ( m_selection )
5497                         {
5498                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5499                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5500                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5501                                                     event.AltDown(),
5502                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5503                         }
5504                     }
5505                 }
5506                 break;
5507
5508                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5509                 {
5510                     if ( x < 0 )
5511                         m_moveToCol = GetColAt( 0 );
5512                     else
5513                         m_moveToCol = XToCol( x );
5514
5515                     int markerX;
5516
5517                     if ( m_moveToCol < 0 )
5518                         markerX = GetColRight( GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) );
5519                     else
5520                         markerX = GetColLeft( m_moveToCol );
5521
5522                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
5523                     {
5524                         wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5525
5526                         int cw, ch;
5527                         m_colLabelWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5528
5529                         markerX++;
5530
5531                         //Clean up the last indicator
5532                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5533                         {
5534                             wxPen pen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
5535                             dc.SetPen(pen);
5536                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
5537                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5538
5539                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
5540                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
5541                         }
5542
5543                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
5544                         if ( (m_moveToCol == m_dragRowOrCol)
5545                           || (GetColPos( m_moveToCol ) == GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) + 1)
5546                           || (m_moveToCol < 0 && m_dragRowOrCol == GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )))
5547                         {
5548                             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5549                             return;
5550                         }
5551
5552                         //Draw the marker
5553                         wxPen pen( *wxBLUE, 2 );
5554                         dc.SetPen(pen);
5555
5556                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
5557
5558                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
5559
5560                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
5561                     }
5562                 }
5563                 break;
5564
5565                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5566                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5567                 default:
5568                     break;
5569             }
5570         }
5571         return;
5572     }
5573
5574     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5575         return;
5576
5577     if (m_isDragging)
5578     {
5579         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5580             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5581         m_isDragging = false;
5582     }
5583
5584     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5585     //
5586     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5587     {
5588         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5589     }
5590
5591     // ------------ Left button pressed
5592     //
5593     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5594     {
5595         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5596         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5597         // wanting to resize the col
5598         //
5599         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5600         {
5601             col = XToCol(x);
5602             if ( col >= 0 &&
5603                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5604             {
5605                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
5606                 {
5607                     //Show button as pressed
5608                     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
5609                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
5610                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
5611                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( m_colLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
5612                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
5613                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
5614
5615                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5616                 }
5617                 else
5618                 {
5619                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5620                         ClearSelection();
5621                     if ( m_selection )
5622                     {
5623                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5624                         {
5625                             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5626                                                       m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5627                                                       GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5628                                                       event.ControlDown(),
5629                                                       event.ShiftDown(),
5630                                                       event.AltDown(),
5631                                                       event.MetaDown() );
5632                         }
5633                         else
5634                         {
5635                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5636                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5637                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5638                                                     event.AltDown(),
5639                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5640                         }
5641                     }
5642
5643                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5644                 }
5645             }
5646         }
5647         else
5648         {
5649             // starting to drag-resize a col
5650             //
5651             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5652                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5653         }
5654     }
5655
5656     // ------------ Left double click
5657     //
5658     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5659     {
5660         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5661         if ( col < 0 )
5662         {
5663             col = XToCol(x);
5664             if ( col >= 0 &&
5665                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5666             {
5667                 // no default action at the moment
5668             }
5669         }
5670         else
5671         {
5672             // adjust column width depending on label text
5673             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5674
5675             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5676             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5677         }
5678     }
5679
5680     // ------------ Left button released
5681     //
5682     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5683     {
5684         switch ( m_cursorMode )
5685         {
5686             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5687                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
5688
5689                 // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5690                 // default processing in this case
5691                 //
5692                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5693                 break;
5694
5695             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5696                 DoEndDragMoveCol();
5697
5698                 SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5699                 break;
5700
5701             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5702             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
5703             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5704             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5705                 // nothing to do (?)
5706                 break;
5707         }
5708
5709         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5710         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5711     }
5712
5713     // ------------ Right button down
5714     //
5715     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5716     {
5717         col = XToCol(x);
5718         if ( col >= 0 &&
5719              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5720         {
5721             // no default action at the moment
5722         }
5723     }
5724
5725     // ------------ Right double click
5726     //
5727     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5728     {
5729         col = XToCol(x);
5730         if ( col >= 0 &&
5731              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5732         {
5733             // no default action at the moment
5734         }
5735     }
5736
5737     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5738     //
5739     else if ( event.Moving() )
5740     {
5741         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5742         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5743         {
5744             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5745             {
5746                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5747                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5748                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5749             }
5750         }
5751         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5752         {
5753             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5754         }
5755     }
5756 }
5757
5758 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5759 {
5760     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5761     {
5762         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5763         // col args == -1
5764         //
5765         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5766         {
5767             SelectAll();
5768         }
5769     }
5770     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5771     {
5772         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5773     }
5774     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5775     {
5776         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5777         {
5778             // no default action at the moment
5779         }
5780     }
5781     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5782     {
5783         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5784         {
5785             // no default action at the moment
5786         }
5787     }
5788 }
5789
5790 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
5791 {
5792     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
5793     if ( m_winCapture )
5794     {
5795         m_isDragging = false;
5796         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
5797         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5798         m_winCapture = NULL;
5799
5800         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
5801         Refresh();
5802     }
5803 }
5804
5805 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5806                               wxWindow *win,
5807                               bool captureMouse)
5808 {
5809 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5810     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5811     {
5812         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5813         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5814         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5815         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5816         _T("SELECT_COL"),
5817         _T("MOVE_COL"),
5818     };
5819
5820     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5821                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5822                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5823                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5824                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5825                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5826 #endif
5827
5828     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5829          win == m_winCapture &&
5830          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5831         return;
5832
5833     if ( !win )
5834     {
5835         // by default use the grid itself
5836         win = m_gridWin;
5837     }
5838
5839     if ( m_winCapture )
5840     {
5841         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5842             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5843         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5844     }
5845
5846     m_cursorMode = mode;
5847
5848     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5849     {
5850         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5851             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5852             break;
5853
5854         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5855             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5856             break;
5857
5858         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
5859             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
5860             break;
5861
5862         default:
5863             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5864             break;
5865     }
5866
5867     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5868     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5869                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5870
5871     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5872     {
5873         win->CaptureMouse();
5874         m_winCapture = win;
5875     }
5876 }
5877
5878 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5879 {
5880     int x, y;
5881     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5882     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5883
5884     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5885     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5886
5887     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5888     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5889     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5890     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5891     {
5892         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5893         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5894     }
5895
5896     if ( event.Dragging() )
5897     {
5898         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5899
5900         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5901         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5902         if (! m_isDragging)
5903         {
5904             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5905             {
5906                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5907                 return;
5908             }
5909             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5910                 return;
5911         }
5912
5913         m_isDragging = true;
5914         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5915         {
5916             // Hide the edit control, so it
5917             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5918             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5919             {
5920                 HideCellEditControl();
5921                 SaveEditControlValue();
5922             }
5923
5924             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5925             {
5926                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5927                 {
5928                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5929                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5930                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5931                 }
5932                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5933                 {
5934                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5935                     {
5936                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5937                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5938
5939                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5940                                    coords.GetRow(),
5941                                    coords.GetCol(),
5942                                    event );
5943                         return;
5944                     }
5945                 }
5946                 else
5947                 {
5948                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5949                     {
5950                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5951                     }
5952                     else
5953                     {
5954                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5955                     }
5956                 }
5957
5958                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5959                 {
5960                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5961                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5962                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5963                 }
5964             }
5965             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5966             if (! m_winCapture)
5967             {
5968                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5969                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5970             }
5971
5972
5973         }
5974         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5975         {
5976             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5977             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5978             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5979
5980             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5981             PrepareDC( dc );
5982             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5983                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5984             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5985             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5986             {
5987                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5988             }
5989             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5990             m_dragLastPos = y;
5991         }
5992         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5993         {
5994             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5995             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5996             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5997
5998             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5999             PrepareDC( dc );
6000             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
6001                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
6002             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6003             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6004             {
6005                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6006             }
6007             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
6008             m_dragLastPos = x;
6009         }
6010
6011         return;
6012     }
6013
6014     m_isDragging = false;
6015     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6016
6017     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6018     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6019     //     wxGTK
6020 #if 0
6021     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6022     {
6023         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6024         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6025     }
6026     else
6027 #endif // 0
6028
6029     // ------------ Left button pressed
6030     //
6031     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6032     {
6033         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
6034                        coords.GetRow(),
6035                        coords.GetCol(),
6036                        event ) )
6037         {
6038             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6039                 ClearSelection();
6040             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6041             {
6042                 if ( m_selection )
6043                 {
6044                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6045                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6046                                               coords.GetRow(),
6047                                               coords.GetCol(),
6048                                               event.ControlDown(),
6049                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6050                                               event.AltDown(),
6051                                               event.MetaDown() );
6052                 }
6053             }
6054             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
6055                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6056             {
6057                 DisableCellEditControl();
6058                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
6059
6060                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
6061                 {
6062                     if ( m_selection )
6063                     {
6064                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
6065                                                           coords.GetCol(),
6066                                                           event.ControlDown(),
6067                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
6068                                                           event.AltDown(),
6069                                                           event.MetaDown() );
6070                     }
6071                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6072                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6073                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
6074                 }
6075                 else
6076                 {
6077                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6078                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
6079                     if ( m_selection )
6080                     {
6081                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
6082                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
6083                         {
6084                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
6085                         }
6086                     }
6087                 }
6088             }
6089         }
6090     }
6091
6092     // ------------ Left double click
6093     //
6094     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6095     {
6096         DisableCellEditControl();
6097
6098         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
6099         {
6100             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
6101                              coords.GetRow(),
6102                              coords.GetCol(),
6103                              event ) )
6104             {
6105                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6106                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6107                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6108             }
6109         }
6110     }
6111
6112     // ------------ Left button released
6113     //
6114     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6115     {
6116         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6117         {
6118             if (m_winCapture)
6119             {
6120                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
6121                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6122                 m_winCapture = NULL;
6123             }
6124
6125             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6126             {
6127                 ClearSelection();
6128                 EnableCellEditControl();
6129
6130                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6131                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6132                 editor->StartingClick();
6133                 editor->DecRef();
6134                 attr->DecRef();
6135
6136                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6137             }
6138             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6139                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6140             {
6141                 if ( m_selection )
6142                 {
6143                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6144                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6145                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6146                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6147                                               event.ControlDown(),
6148                                               event.ShiftDown(),
6149                                               event.AltDown(),
6150                                               event.MetaDown() );
6151                 }
6152
6153                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6154                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6155
6156                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6157                 // drag-shrinking.
6158                 ShowCellEditControl();
6159             }
6160         }
6161         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6162         {
6163             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6164             DoEndDragResizeRow();
6165
6166             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6167             // default processing in this case
6168             //
6169             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6170         }
6171         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6172         {
6173             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6174             DoEndDragResizeCol();
6175
6176             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6177             // default processing in this case
6178             //
6179             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
6180         }
6181
6182         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6183     }
6184
6185     // ------------ Right button down
6186     //
6187     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6188     {
6189         DisableCellEditControl();
6190         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
6191                          coords.GetRow(),
6192                          coords.GetCol(),
6193                          event ) )
6194         {
6195             // no default action at the moment
6196         }
6197     }
6198
6199     // ------------ Right double click
6200     //
6201     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6202     {
6203         DisableCellEditControl();
6204         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
6205                          coords.GetRow(),
6206                          coords.GetCol(),
6207                          event ) )
6208         {
6209             // no default action at the moment
6210         }
6211     }
6212
6213     // ------------ Moving and no button action
6214     //
6215     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
6216     {
6217         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6218         {
6219             // out of grid cell area
6220             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6221             return;
6222         }
6223
6224         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
6225         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6226
6227         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6228         // directions is not implemented yet...
6229         //
6230         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6231         {
6232             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6233             return;
6234         }
6235
6236         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6237         {
6238             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6239
6240             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6241             {
6242                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6243                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6244             }
6245         }
6246         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
6247         {
6248             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6249
6250             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6251             {
6252                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6253                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6254             }
6255         }
6256         else // Neither on a row or col edge
6257         {
6258             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6259             {
6260                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6261             }
6262         }
6263     }
6264 }
6265
6266 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6267 {
6268     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6269     {
6270         // erase the last line and resize the row
6271         //
6272         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
6273         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6274         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
6275
6276         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6277         PrepareDC( dc );
6278         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6279         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
6280         HideCellEditControl();
6281         SaveEditControlValue();
6282
6283         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
6284         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6285                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
6286
6287         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6288         {
6289             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
6290             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6291             rect.x = 0;
6292             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6293             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6294             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6295             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6296             rect.width = cw;
6297
6298             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6299             if (m_table)
6300             {
6301                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6302                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6303                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6304                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6305                 {
6306                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6307                     {
6308                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6309                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6310                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6311                     }
6312                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6313                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6314                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6315                 }
6316             }
6317             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6318         }
6319
6320         ShowCellEditControl();
6321     }
6322 }
6323
6324
6325 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6326 {
6327     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6328     {
6329         // erase the last line and resize the col
6330         //
6331         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6332         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6333         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6334
6335         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6336         PrepareDC( dc );
6337         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6338         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6339         HideCellEditControl();
6340         SaveEditControlValue();
6341
6342         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6343         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6344                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6345                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6346
6347         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6348         {
6349             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6350             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6351             rect.y = 0;
6352             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6353             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6354             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6355             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6356             rect.height = ch;
6357
6358             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6359             if (m_table)
6360             {
6361                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6362                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6363                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6364                 if (topRow >= 0)
6365                 {
6366                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6367                     {
6368                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6369                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6370                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6371                     }
6372
6373                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6374                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6375                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6376                 }
6377             }
6378
6379             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6380         }
6381
6382         ShowCellEditControl();
6383     }
6384 }
6385
6386 void wxGrid::DoEndDragMoveCol()
6387 {
6388     //The user clicked on the column but didn't actually drag
6389     if ( m_dragLastPos < 0 )
6390     {
6391         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();   //Do this to "unpress" the column
6392         return;
6393     }
6394
6395     int newPos;
6396     if ( m_moveToCol == -1 )
6397         newPos = m_numCols - 1;
6398     else
6399     {
6400         newPos = GetColPos( m_moveToCol );
6401         if ( newPos > GetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol ) )
6402             newPos--;
6403     }
6404
6405     SetColPos( m_dragRowOrCol, newPos );
6406 }
6407
6408 void wxGrid::SetColPos( int colID, int newPos )
6409 {
6410     if ( m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
6411     {
6412         m_colAt.Alloc( m_numCols );
6413
6414         int i;
6415         for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6416         {
6417             m_colAt.Add( i );
6418         }
6419     }
6420
6421     int oldPos = GetColPos( colID );
6422
6423     //Reshuffle the m_colAt array
6424     if ( newPos > oldPos )
6425     {
6426         int i;
6427         for ( i = oldPos; i < newPos; i++ )
6428         {
6429             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i+1];
6430         }
6431     }
6432     else
6433     {
6434         int i;
6435         for ( i = oldPos; i > newPos; i-- )
6436         {
6437             m_colAt[i] = m_colAt[i-1];
6438         }
6439     }
6440
6441     m_colAt[newPos] = colID;
6442
6443     //Recalculate the column rights
6444     if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6445     {
6446         int colRight = 0;
6447         int colPos;
6448         for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6449         {
6450             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6451
6452             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6453             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6454         }
6455     }
6456
6457     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6458     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6459 }
6460
6461
6462
6463 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6464 {
6465     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6466         return;
6467
6468     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6469
6470     if ( !m_canDragColMove )
6471     {
6472         m_colAt.Clear();
6473
6474         //Recalculate the column rights
6475         if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
6476         {
6477             int colRight = 0;
6478             int colPos;
6479             for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6480             {
6481                 colRight += m_colWidths[colPos];
6482                 m_colRights[colPos] = colRight;
6483             }
6484         }
6485
6486         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
6487         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6488     }
6489 }
6490
6491
6492 //
6493 // ------ interaction with data model
6494 //
6495 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6496 {
6497     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6498     {
6499         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6500             return GetModelValues();
6501
6502         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6503             return SetModelValues();
6504
6505         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6506         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6507         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6508         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6509         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6510         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6511             return Redimension( msg );
6512
6513         default:
6514             return false;
6515     }
6516 }
6517
6518 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6519 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6520 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6521 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6522 //
6523 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6524 {
6525     if ( m_table )
6526     {
6527         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6528             DisableCellEditControl();
6529
6530         m_table->Clear();
6531         if (!GetBatchCount())
6532             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6533     }
6534 }
6535
6536 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6537 {
6538     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6539
6540     if ( !m_created )
6541     {
6542         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6543         return false;
6544     }
6545
6546     if ( m_table )
6547     {
6548         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6549             DisableCellEditControl();
6550
6551         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6552         return done;
6553
6554         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6555         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6556     }
6557
6558     return false;
6559 }
6560
6561 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6562 {
6563     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6564
6565     if ( !m_created )
6566     {
6567         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6568         return false;
6569     }
6570
6571     if ( m_table )
6572     {
6573         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6574         return done;
6575
6576         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6577         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6578     }
6579
6580     return false;
6581 }
6582
6583 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6584 {
6585     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6586
6587     if ( !m_created )
6588     {
6589         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6590         return false;
6591     }
6592
6593     if ( m_table )
6594     {
6595         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6596             DisableCellEditControl();
6597
6598         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6599         return done;
6600         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6601         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6602     }
6603
6604     return false;
6605 }
6606
6607 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6608 {
6609     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6610
6611     if ( !m_created )
6612     {
6613         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6614         return false;
6615     }
6616
6617     if ( m_table )
6618     {
6619         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6620             DisableCellEditControl();
6621
6622         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6623         return done;
6624         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6625         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6626     }
6627
6628     return false;
6629 }
6630
6631 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6632 {
6633     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6634
6635     if ( !m_created )
6636     {
6637         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6638         return false;
6639     }
6640
6641     if ( m_table )
6642     {
6643         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6644         return done;
6645         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6646         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6647     }
6648
6649     return false;
6650 }
6651
6652 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6653 {
6654     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6655
6656     if ( !m_created )
6657     {
6658         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6659         return false;
6660     }
6661
6662     if ( m_table )
6663     {
6664         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6665             DisableCellEditControl();
6666
6667         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6668         return done;
6669         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6670         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6671     }
6672
6673     return false;
6674 }
6675
6676 //
6677 // ----- event handlers
6678 //
6679
6680 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6681 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6682 //
6683 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6684                         int row, int col,
6685                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6686 {
6687    bool claimed, vetoed;
6688
6689    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6690    {
6691        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6692
6693        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6694                type,
6695                this,
6696                rowOrCol,
6697                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6698                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6699                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6700                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6701                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6702                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6703
6704        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6705        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6706    }
6707    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6708    {
6709        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6710        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6711                type,
6712                this,
6713                m_selectingTopLeft,
6714                m_selectingBottomRight,
6715                true,
6716                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6717                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6718                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6719                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6720
6721        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6722        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6723    }
6724    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
6725              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
6726              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
6727              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
6728    {
6729        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
6730
6731        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
6732            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
6733        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
6734            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
6735
6736        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6737                type,
6738                this,
6739                row, col,
6740                pos.x,
6741                pos.y,
6742                false,
6743                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6744                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6745                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6746                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6747        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6748        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6749    }
6750    else
6751    {
6752        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6753                type,
6754                this,
6755                row, col,
6756                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6757                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6758                false,
6759                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6760                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6761                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6762                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6763        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6764        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6765    }
6766
6767    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6768    if (vetoed)
6769        return -1;
6770
6771    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6772 }
6773
6774 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6775 // of ProcessEvent().
6776 //
6777 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6778                         int row, int col )
6779 {
6780    bool claimed, vetoed;
6781
6782     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6783     {
6784         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6785
6786         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6787
6788         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6789         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6790     }
6791     else
6792     {
6793         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6794
6795         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6796         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6797      }
6798
6799     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6800     if (vetoed)
6801         return -1;
6802
6803     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6804 }
6805
6806 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6807 {
6808     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6809     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6810 }
6811
6812 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6813 {
6814     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6815     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6816     if (! GetBatchCount())
6817     {
6818         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6819         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6820
6821         if (rect)
6822         {
6823             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6824             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6825             int x, y;
6826
6827             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6828             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6829             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6830             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6831             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6832
6833             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6834             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6835                 width_label = rectWidth;
6836
6837             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6838             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6839                 height_label = rectHeight;
6840
6841             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6842             {
6843                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6844                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6845             }
6846             else
6847             {
6848                 x = 0;
6849                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6850             }
6851
6852             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6853             {
6854                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6855                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6856             }
6857             else
6858             {
6859                 y = 0;
6860                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6861             }
6862
6863             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6864             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6865             {
6866                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6867                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6868             }
6869
6870             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6871             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6872             {
6873                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6874                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6875             }
6876
6877             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6878             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6879             {
6880                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6881                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6882             }
6883
6884             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6885             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6886             {
6887                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6888                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6889             }
6890         }
6891         else
6892         {
6893             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6894             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6895             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6896             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6897         }
6898     }
6899 }
6900
6901 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
6902 {
6903     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
6904     {
6905         // update our children window positions and scrollbars
6906         CalcDimensions();
6907     }
6908 }
6909
6910 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6911 {
6912     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6913     {
6914         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6915         //
6916         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6917     }
6918
6919     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6920
6921     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6922     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6923     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6924     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6925
6926     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6927     {
6928         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
6929         {
6930             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
6931                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
6932             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
6933                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
6934         }
6935
6936         // try local handlers
6937         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6938         {
6939             case WXK_UP:
6940                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6941                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6942                 else
6943                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6944                 break;
6945
6946             case WXK_DOWN:
6947                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6948                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6949                 else
6950                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6951                 break;
6952
6953             case WXK_LEFT:
6954                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6955                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6956                 else
6957                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6958                 break;
6959
6960             case WXK_RIGHT:
6961                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6962                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6963                 else
6964                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6965                 break;
6966
6967             case WXK_RETURN:
6968             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6969                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6970                 {
6971                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6972                 }
6973                 else
6974                 {
6975                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6976                     {
6977                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6978                     }
6979                     else
6980                     {
6981                         // at the bottom of a column
6982                         DisableCellEditControl();
6983                     }
6984                 }
6985                 break;
6986
6987             case WXK_ESCAPE:
6988                 ClearSelection();
6989                 break;
6990
6991             case WXK_TAB:
6992                 if (event.ShiftDown())
6993                 {
6994                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
6995                     {
6996                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
6997                     }
6998                     else
6999                     {
7000                         // at left of grid
7001                         DisableCellEditControl();
7002                     }
7003                 }
7004                 else
7005                 {
7006                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7007                     {
7008                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7009                     }
7010                     else
7011                     {
7012                         // at right of grid
7013                         DisableCellEditControl();
7014                     }
7015                 }
7016                 break;
7017
7018             case WXK_HOME:
7019                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7020                 {
7021                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
7022                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
7023                 }
7024                 else
7025                 {
7026                     event.Skip();
7027                 }
7028                 break;
7029
7030             case WXK_END:
7031                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7032                 {
7033                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7034                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
7035                 }
7036                 else
7037                 {
7038                     event.Skip();
7039                 }
7040                 break;
7041
7042             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7043                 MovePageUp();
7044                 break;
7045
7046             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7047                 MovePageDown();
7048                 break;
7049
7050             case WXK_SPACE:
7051                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7052                 {
7053                     if ( m_selection )
7054                     {
7055                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
7056                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
7057                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
7058                             event.ControlDown(),
7059                             event.ShiftDown(),
7060                             event.AltDown(),
7061                             event.MetaDown() );
7062                     }
7063                     break;
7064                 }
7065
7066                 if ( !IsEditable() )
7067                     MoveCursorRight( false );
7068                 else
7069                     event.Skip();
7070                 break;
7071
7072             default:
7073                 event.Skip();
7074                 break;
7075         }
7076     }
7077
7078     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7079 }
7080
7081 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7082 {
7083     // try local handlers
7084     //
7085     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7086     {
7087         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7088              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7089         {
7090             if ( m_selection )
7091             {
7092                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7093                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
7094                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
7095                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
7096                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
7097                     event.ControlDown(),
7098                     true,
7099                     event.AltDown(),
7100                     event.MetaDown() );
7101             }
7102         }
7103
7104         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7105         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7106         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7107     }
7108 }
7109
7110 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7111 {
7112     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7113     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7114     {
7115         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7116         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7117         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7118         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7119         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7120
7121         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7122         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7123         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7124              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7125         {
7126             // ensure cell is visble
7127             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7128             EnableCellEditControl();
7129
7130             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7131             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7132             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7133             // crash the app
7134             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7135                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7136         }
7137         else
7138         {
7139             event.Skip();
7140         }
7141
7142         editor->DecRef();
7143         attr->DecRef();
7144     }
7145     else
7146     {
7147         event.Skip();
7148     }
7149 }
7150
7151 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7152 {
7153 }
7154
7155 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7156 {
7157     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
7158     {
7159         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
7160         return;
7161     }
7162
7163 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7164     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7165     PrepareDC( dc );
7166 #endif
7167
7168     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7169     {
7170         DisableCellEditControl();
7171
7172         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7173         {
7174             wxRect r;
7175             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7176             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7177             {
7178                 r.x--;
7179                 r.y--;
7180                 r.width++;
7181                 r.height++;
7182             }
7183
7184             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7185
7186             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7187             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7188
7189 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7190             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7191 #else
7192             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7193             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7194 #endif
7195         }
7196     }
7197
7198     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7199
7200     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7201 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7202     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7203 #endif
7204     attr->DecRef();
7205 }
7206
7207 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
7208 {
7209     int temp;
7210     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
7211
7212     if ( m_selection )
7213     {
7214         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
7215         {
7216             leftCol = 0;
7217             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7218         }
7219         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
7220         {
7221             topRow = 0;
7222             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7223         }
7224     }
7225
7226     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
7227     {
7228         temp = topRow;
7229         topRow = bottomRow;
7230         bottomRow = temp;
7231     }
7232
7233     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
7234     {
7235         temp = leftCol;
7236         leftCol = rightCol;
7237         rightCol = temp;
7238     }
7239
7240     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
7241     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
7242
7243     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7244     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7245          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7246     {
7247         wxRect rect;
7248         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7249                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7250         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7251     }
7252
7253     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7254     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7255               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7256     {
7257         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7258         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7259         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7260         wxRect  rect[4];
7261         bool    need_refresh[4];
7262         need_refresh[0] =
7263         need_refresh[1] =
7264         need_refresh[2] =
7265         need_refresh[3] = false;
7266         int     i;
7267
7268         // Store intermediate values
7269         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
7270         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
7271         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
7272         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
7273
7274         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7275         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
7276         {
7277             temp = oldLeft;
7278             oldLeft = leftCol;
7279             leftCol = temp;
7280         }
7281         if (oldTop > topRow )
7282         {
7283             temp = oldTop;
7284             oldTop = topRow;
7285             topRow = temp;
7286         }
7287         if (oldRight < rightCol )
7288         {
7289             temp = oldRight;
7290             oldRight = rightCol;
7291             rightCol = temp;
7292         }
7293         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
7294         {
7295             temp = oldBottom;
7296             oldBottom = bottomRow;
7297             bottomRow = temp;
7298         }
7299
7300         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7301         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7302         // is contained in the other.
7303
7304         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7305         {
7306             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7307             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7308             need_refresh[0] = true;
7309             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7310                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7311                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7312         }
7313
7314         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7315         {
7316             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7317             // area above the old or new selection.
7318             need_refresh[1] = true;
7319             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7320                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7321                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7322         }
7323
7324         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7325         {
7326             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7327             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7328             need_refresh[2] = true;
7329             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7330                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7331                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7332         }
7333
7334         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7335         {
7336             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7337             // area below the old or new selection.
7338             need_refresh[3] = true;
7339             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7340                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7341                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7342         }
7343
7344         // various Refresh() calls
7345         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7346             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7347                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7348     }
7349
7350     // change selection
7351     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7352     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7353 }
7354
7355 //
7356 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7357 //
7358
7359 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7360 {
7361     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7362     HideCellEditControl();
7363
7364     if ( m_table )
7365     {
7366         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7367         //
7368         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7369         return true;
7370     }
7371
7372     return false;
7373 }
7374
7375 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7376 {
7377     int row, col;
7378
7379     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7380     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7381     // I think so ...
7382     DisableCellEditControl();
7383
7384     if ( m_table )
7385     {
7386         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7387         {
7388             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7389             {
7390                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7391             }
7392         }
7393
7394         return true;
7395     }
7396
7397     return false;
7398 }
7399
7400 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7401 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7402 // CalcExposedCells)
7403 //
7404 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7405 {
7406     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7407         return;
7408
7409     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7410     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7411     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7412
7413     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7414     {
7415         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7416         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7417         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7418
7419         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7420         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7421         {
7422             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7423             bool marked = false;
7424             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7425             {
7426                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7427                 {
7428                     marked = true;
7429                     break;
7430                 }
7431             }
7432
7433             if (!marked)
7434             {
7435                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7436                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7437                 {
7438                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7439                     {
7440                         marked = true;
7441                         break;
7442                     }
7443                 }
7444
7445                 if (!marked)
7446                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7447             }
7448
7449             // don't bother drawing this cell
7450             continue;
7451         }
7452
7453         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7454         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7455         {
7456             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7457             {
7458                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7459                 int left = col;
7460                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7461                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7462                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7463                     {
7464                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7465                     }
7466
7467                 if (left == col)
7468                     left = 0; // oh well
7469
7470                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7471                 {
7472                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7473                     {
7474                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7475                         {
7476                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7477                             bool marked = false;
7478
7479                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7480                             {
7481                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7482                                 {
7483                                     marked = true;
7484                                     break;
7485                                 }
7486                             }
7487
7488                             if (!marked)
7489                             {
7490                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7491                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7492                                 {
7493                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7494                                     {
7495                                         marked = true;
7496                                         break;
7497                                     }
7498                                 }
7499                                 if (!marked)
7500                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7501                             }
7502                         }
7503                         break;
7504                     }
7505                 }
7506             }
7507         }
7508
7509         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7510     }
7511
7512     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7513
7514     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7515     {
7516         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7517     }
7518 }
7519
7520 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7521 {
7522   int cw, ch;
7523   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7524
7525   int right, bottom;
7526   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7527
7528   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7529   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7530
7531   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7532   {
7533       int left, top;
7534       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7535
7536       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
7537       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7538
7539       if ( right > rightCol )
7540       {
7541           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7542       }
7543
7544       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7545       {
7546           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7547       }
7548   }
7549 }
7550
7551 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7552 {
7553     int row = coords.GetRow();
7554     int col = coords.GetCol();
7555
7556     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7557         return;
7558
7559     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7560 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7561     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7562         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7563 #endif
7564
7565     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7566
7567     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7568
7569     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7570
7571     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7572     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7573     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7574     {
7575         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7576         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7577         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7578         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7579 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7580         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7581         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7582         editor->DecRef();
7583 #endif
7584     }
7585     else
7586     {
7587         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7588         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7589         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7590         renderer->DecRef();
7591     }
7592
7593     attr->DecRef();
7594 }
7595
7596 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7597 {
7598     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7599     if ( !HasFocus() )
7600         return;
7601
7602     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7603     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7604
7605     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7606         return;
7607
7608     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7609
7610     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7611     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7612     // it doesn't look really good
7613
7614     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7615
7616     if (penWidth > 0)
7617     {
7618         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7619         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7620         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7621         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7622         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7623         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7624         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7625         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7626         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7627
7628         // Now draw the rectangle
7629         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7630         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7631         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7632         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7633         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7634     }
7635
7636 #if 0
7637         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7638
7639         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7640         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7641                 y1 = rect.y,
7642                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7643                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7644
7645         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7646         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7647         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7648
7649         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7650         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7651
7652         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7653         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7654         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7655 #endif
7656 }
7657
7658 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7659 {
7660     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID);
7661 }
7662
7663 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7664 {
7665     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7666 }
7667
7668 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7669 {
7670     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7671 }
7672
7673 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7674 {
7675     int row = coords.GetRow();
7676     int col = coords.GetCol();
7677     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7678         return;
7679
7680
7681     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7682
7683     // right hand border
7684     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7685     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7686                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7687
7688     // bottom border
7689     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7690     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7691                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7692 }
7693
7694 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7695 {
7696     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7697     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7698     //
7699     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7700          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7701     {
7702         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7703     }
7704
7705     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7706     {
7707         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7708         return;
7709     }
7710
7711     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7712     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7713     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7714     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7715     {
7716         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7717         {
7718             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7719             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7720             attr->DecRef();
7721
7722             break;
7723         }
7724     }
7725 }
7726
7727 // TODO: remove this ???
7728 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7729 // has been changed
7730 //
7731 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7732 {
7733 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7734     return;
7735 #endif
7736
7737     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7738          return;
7739
7740     int top, bottom, left, right;
7741
7742 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7743     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7744     {
7745       int cw, ch;
7746       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7747
7748       // virtual coords of visible area
7749       //
7750       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7751       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7752     }
7753     else
7754     {
7755       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7756       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7757       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7758       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7759     }
7760 #else
7761       int cw, ch;
7762       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7763       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7764       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7765 #endif
7766
7767     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7768     //
7769     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) );
7770     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7771
7772     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7773     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
7774     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7775     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
7776     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7777
7778     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7779
7780     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7781     wxRect rect;
7782
7783     for (j=topRow; j<=bottomRow; j++)
7784     {
7785         int colPos;
7786         for (colPos=leftCol; colPos<=rightCol; colPos++)
7787         {
7788             i = GetColAt( colPos );
7789
7790             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7791             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7792             {
7793                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7794                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7795                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7796             }
7797             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7798             {
7799                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7800                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7801                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7802             }
7803         }
7804     }
7805
7806     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7807
7808
7809     // horizontal grid lines
7810     //
7811     // already declared above - int i;
7812     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7813     {
7814         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7815
7816         if ( bot > bottom )
7817         {
7818             break;
7819         }
7820
7821         if ( bot >= top )
7822         {
7823             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
7824             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7825         }
7826     }
7827
7828     // vertical grid lines
7829     //
7830     int colPos;
7831     for ( colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7832     {
7833         i = GetColAt( colPos );
7834
7835         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
7836 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7837         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7838 #endif
7839             colRight--;
7840
7841         if ( colRight > right )
7842         {
7843             break;
7844         }
7845
7846         if ( colRight >= left )
7847         {
7848             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
7849             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7850         }
7851     }
7852
7853     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7854 }
7855
7856 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
7857 {
7858     if ( !m_numRows )
7859         return;
7860
7861     size_t i;
7862     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7863
7864     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7865     {
7866         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7867     }
7868 }
7869
7870 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7871 {
7872     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7873         return;
7874
7875     wxRect rect;
7876
7877     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7878         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7879
7880     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7881     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7882     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7883     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7884
7885     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7886     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7887     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7888
7889     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7890     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7891     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7892
7893     int hAlign, vAlign;
7894     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7895
7896     rect.SetX( 2 );
7897     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7898     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7899     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7900     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7901 }
7902
7903 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
7904 {
7905     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
7906     if (native)
7907     {
7908         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
7909         SetColLabelSize( height );
7910     }
7911
7912     m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7913 }
7914
7915 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7916 {
7917     if ( !m_numCols )
7918         return;
7919
7920     size_t i;
7921     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7922
7923     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7924     {
7925         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7926     }
7927 }
7928
7929 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7930 {
7931     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7932         return;
7933
7934     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7935
7936     wxRect rect;
7937
7938     if (m_nativeColumnLabels)
7939     {
7940         rect.SetX( colLeft);
7941         rect.SetY( 0 );
7942         rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col));
7943         rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight );
7944
7945         wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7946         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->GetWindow(), dc, rect, 0 );
7947     }
7948     else
7949     {
7950         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7951
7952         dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7953         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7954         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7955         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7956                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7957
7958         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7959         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7960         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7961     }
7962
7963     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7964     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7965     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7966
7967     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7968     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7969     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7970
7971     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7972     rect.SetY( 2 );
7973     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7974     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7975     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7976 }
7977
7978 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7979                                 const wxString& value,
7980                                 const wxRect& rect,
7981                                 int horizAlign,
7982                                 int vertAlign,
7983                                 int textOrientation )
7984 {
7985     wxArrayString lines;
7986
7987     StringToLines( value, lines );
7988
7989     // Forward to new API.
7990     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
7991         lines,
7992         rect,
7993         horizAlign,
7994         vertAlign,
7995         textOrientation );
7996 }
7997
7998 // VZ: this should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which we just have to
7999 //     add textOrientation support
8000 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8001                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8002                                const wxRect& rect,
8003                                int horizAlign,
8004                                int vertAlign,
8005                                int textOrientation)
8006 {
8007     if ( lines.empty() )
8008         return;
8009
8010     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8011
8012     long textWidth,
8013          textHeight;
8014
8015     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8016         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8017     else
8018         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8019
8020     int x = 0,
8021         y = 0;
8022     switch ( vertAlign )
8023     {
8024         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8025             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8026                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8027             else
8028                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8029             break;
8030
8031         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8032             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8033                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8034             else
8035                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8036             break;
8037
8038         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8039         default:
8040             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8041                 y = rect.y + 1;
8042             else
8043                 x = rect.x + 1;
8044             break;
8045     }
8046
8047     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8048     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8049     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8050     {
8051         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8052
8053         if ( line.empty() )
8054         {
8055             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8056             continue;
8057         }
8058
8059         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8060              lineHeight = 0;
8061         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8062
8063         switch ( horizAlign )
8064         {
8065             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8066                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8067                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8068                 else
8069                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8070                 break;
8071
8072             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8073                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8074                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8075                 else
8076                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8077                 break;
8078
8079             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8080             default:
8081                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8082                     x = rect.x + 1;
8083                 else
8084                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8085                 break;
8086         }
8087
8088         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8089         {
8090             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8091             y += lineHeight;
8092         }
8093         else
8094         {
8095             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8096             x += lineHeight;
8097         }
8098     }
8099 }
8100
8101 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8102 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8103 //
8104 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8105 {
8106     int startPos = 0;
8107     int pos;
8108     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8109     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8110
8111     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8112     {
8113         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8114         if ( pos < 0 )
8115         {
8116             break;
8117         }
8118         else if ( pos == 0 )
8119         {
8120             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8121         }
8122         else
8123         {
8124             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8125         }
8126
8127         startPos += pos + 1;
8128     }
8129
8130     if ( startPos < (int)value.length() )
8131     {
8132         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
8133     }
8134 }
8135
8136 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8137                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8138                              long *width, long *height ) const
8139 {
8140     wxCoord w = 0;
8141     wxCoord h = 0;
8142     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8143
8144     size_t i;
8145     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8146     {
8147         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8148         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8149         h += lineH;
8150     }
8151
8152     *width = w;
8153     *height = h;
8154 }
8155
8156 //
8157 // ------ Batch processing.
8158 //
8159 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8160 {
8161     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8162     {
8163         m_batchCount--;
8164         if ( !m_batchCount )
8165         {
8166             CalcDimensions();
8167             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8168             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8169             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8170             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8171         }
8172     }
8173 }
8174
8175 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8176 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8177 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8178 //
8179 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8180 {
8181     BeginBatch();
8182     EndBatch();
8183 }
8184
8185 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8186 {
8187     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8188         return false;
8189
8190     // redraw in the new state
8191     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8192
8193     return true;
8194 }
8195
8196 //
8197 // ------ Edit control functions
8198 //
8199
8200 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8201 {
8202     // TODO: improve this ?
8203     //
8204     if ( edit != m_editable )
8205     {
8206         if (!edit)
8207             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8208         m_editable = edit;
8209     }
8210 }
8211
8212 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8213 {
8214     if (! m_editable)
8215         return;
8216
8217     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8218     {
8219         if ( enable )
8220         {
8221             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
8222                 return;
8223
8224             // this should be checked by the caller!
8225             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8226
8227             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8228             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8229
8230             ShowCellEditControl();
8231         }
8232         else
8233         {
8234             //FIXME:add veto support
8235             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
8236
8237             HideCellEditControl();
8238             SaveEditControlValue();
8239
8240             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8241             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8242         }
8243     }
8244 }
8245
8246 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8247 {
8248     // const_cast
8249     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8250     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8251     attr->DecRef();
8252
8253     return readonly;
8254 }
8255
8256 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8257 {
8258     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8259         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8260 }
8261
8262 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8263 {
8264     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8265     // current one if it's read only
8266     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8267 }
8268
8269 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8270 {
8271     bool isShown = false;
8272
8273     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8274     {
8275         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8276         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8277         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8278         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8279         attr->DecRef();
8280
8281         if ( editor )
8282         {
8283             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8284             {
8285                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8286             }
8287
8288             editor->DecRef();
8289         }
8290     }
8291
8292     return isShown;
8293 }
8294
8295 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8296 {
8297     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8298     {
8299         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8300         {
8301             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8302             return;
8303         }
8304         else
8305         {
8306             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8307             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8308             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8309
8310             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8311             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8312             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8313             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8314             {
8315                 row += cell_rows;
8316                 col += cell_cols;
8317                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8318                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8319             }
8320
8321             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8322             // might not cover the entire cell
8323             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8324             PrepareDC( dc );
8325             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8326             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
8327             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8328             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8329
8330             // convert to scrolled coords
8331             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8332
8333             int nXMove = 0;
8334             if (rect.x < 0)
8335                 nXMove = rect.x;
8336
8337             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8338             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8339             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8340             // "don't change."
8341             if (rect.x > 0)
8342                 rect.x--;
8343             if (rect.y > 0)
8344                 rect.y--;
8345
8346             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8347             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8348             {
8349                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8350                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8351
8352                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8353                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8354                                              this,
8355                                              row,
8356                                              col,
8357                                              editor->GetControl());
8358                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8359             }
8360
8361             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8362             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8363             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8364             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8365             {
8366                 int y;
8367                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8368                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8369                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8370             }
8371
8372             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8373             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8374                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8375
8376             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8377             {
8378                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8379                 // may have changed earlier
8380                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8381                 {
8382                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8383                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8384
8385                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8386                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8387                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8388                     {
8389                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8390                     }
8391                     else
8392                         break;
8393                 }
8394
8395                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8396                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8397             }
8398
8399             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8400             editor->SetSize( rect );
8401             if (nXMove != 0)
8402                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8403                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8404                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8405             editor->Show( true, attr );
8406
8407             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8408             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8409             CalcDimensions();
8410
8411             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8412             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8413
8414             editor->DecRef();
8415             attr->DecRef();
8416         }
8417     }
8418 }
8419
8420 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8421 {
8422     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8423     {
8424         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8425         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8426
8427         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8428         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8429         editor->Show( false );
8430         editor->DecRef();
8431         attr->DecRef();
8432
8433         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8434
8435         // refresh whole row to the right
8436         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8437         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8438         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8439
8440 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8441         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8442         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8443 #endif
8444
8445         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8446     }
8447 }
8448
8449 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8450 {
8451     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8452     {
8453         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8454         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8455
8456         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8457
8458         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8459         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8460         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8461
8462         editor->DecRef();
8463         attr->DecRef();
8464
8465         if (changed)
8466         {
8467             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8468                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8469                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8470             {
8471                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8472                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8473             }
8474         }
8475     }
8476 }
8477
8478 //
8479 // ------ Grid location functions
8480 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8481 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8482 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8483 //
8484
8485 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) const
8486 {
8487     int row = YToRow(y);
8488     int col = XToCol(x);
8489
8490     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8491     {
8492         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8493     }
8494     else
8495     {
8496         coords.Set( row, col );
8497     }
8498 }
8499
8500 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8501 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8502 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8503 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8504
8505 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8506                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8507                            bool clipToMinMax)
8508 {
8509     if (coord < 0)
8510         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8511
8512     if (!defaultDist)
8513         defaultDist = 1;
8514
8515     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8516            i_min = 0;
8517
8518     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8519     {
8520         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8521             return i_max;
8522         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8523     }
8524
8525     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8526     {
8527         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8528     }
8529     else
8530     {
8531         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8532         {
8533             i_min = i_max;
8534             if (minDist)
8535                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8536             else
8537                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8538         }
8539
8540         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8541             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8542     }
8543
8544     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8545         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8546     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8547         return 0;
8548
8549     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8550     {
8551         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8552                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8553         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8554             return i_max;
8555         else
8556             i_max--;
8557         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8558         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8559             i_max = median;
8560         else
8561             i_min = median;
8562     }
8563
8564     return i_max;
8565 }
8566
8567 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) const
8568 {
8569     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8570                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8571 }
8572
8573 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x, bool clipToMinMax ) const
8574 {
8575     if (x < 0)
8576         return clipToMinMax && (m_numCols > 0) ? GetColAt( 0 ) : -1;
8577
8578     wxASSERT_MSG(m_defaultColWidth > 0, wxT("Default column width can not be zero"));
8579
8580     int maxPos = x / m_defaultColWidth;
8581     int minPos = 0;
8582
8583     if (m_colRights.IsEmpty())
8584     {
8585         if(maxPos < m_numCols)
8586             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8587         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 ) : -1;
8588     }
8589
8590     if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8591         maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8592     else
8593     {
8594         if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8595         {
8596             minPos = maxPos;
8597             if (m_minAcceptableColWidth)
8598                 maxPos = x / m_minAcceptableColWidth;
8599             else
8600                 maxPos =  m_numCols - 1;
8601         }
8602         if ( maxPos >= m_numCols)
8603             maxPos = m_numCols - 1;
8604     }
8605
8606     //X is beyond the last column
8607     if ( x >= m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )])
8608         return clipToMinMax ? GetColAt( maxPos ) : -1;
8609
8610     //X is before the first column
8611     if ( x < m_colRights[GetColAt( 0 )] )
8612         return GetColAt( 0 );
8613
8614     //Perform a binary search
8615     while ( maxPos - minPos > 0 )
8616     {
8617         wxCHECK_MSG(m_colRights[GetColAt( minPos )] <= x && x < m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos )],
8618                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in XToCol"));
8619
8620         if (x >=  m_colRights[GetColAt( maxPos - 1 )])
8621             return GetColAt( maxPos );
8622         else
8623             maxPos--;
8624         int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8625         if (x < m_colRights[GetColAt( median )])
8626             maxPos = median;
8627         else
8628             minPos = median;
8629     }
8630     return GetColAt( maxPos );
8631 }
8632
8633 // return the row number that that the y coord is near
8634 //  the edge of, or -1 if not near an edge.
8635 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8636 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8637 //        that is _not_ nead the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8638 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8639 //        near the edge).
8640 //   and
8641 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8642 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8643 //
8644 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) const
8645 {
8646     int i;
8647     i = internalYToRow(y);
8648
8649     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragRowSize() )
8650     {
8651         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8652         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8653         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8654             return i;
8655         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8656             return i - 1;
8657     }
8658
8659     return -1;
8660 }
8661
8662 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8663 // -1 if not near an edge
8664 // See comment at YToEdgeOfRow for conditions on edge detection.
8665 //
8666 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) const
8667 {
8668     int i;
8669     i = internalXToCol(x);
8670
8671     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE && CanDragColSize() )
8672     {
8673         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8674         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8675         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8676             return i;
8677         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8678             return i - 1;
8679     }
8680
8681     return -1;
8682 }
8683
8684 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8685 {
8686     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8687
8688     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8689          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8690     {
8691         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8692         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8693         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8694         // if negative then find multicell owner
8695         if (cell_rows < 0)
8696             row += cell_rows;
8697         if (cell_cols < 0)
8698              col += cell_cols;
8699         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8700
8701         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8702         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8703         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8704             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8705         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8706             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8707     }
8708
8709     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8710     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8711     {
8712         rect.width -= 1;
8713         rect.height -= 1;
8714     }
8715
8716     return rect;
8717 }
8718
8719 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
8720 {
8721     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8722     //
8723     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8724
8725     // convert to device coords
8726     //
8727     int left, top, right, bottom;
8728     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8729     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8730
8731     // check against the client area of the grid window
8732     int cw, ch;
8733     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8734
8735     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8736     {
8737         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8738         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8739                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8740     }
8741     else
8742     {
8743         // is the cell partly visible ?
8744         //
8745         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8746                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8747     }
8748 }
8749
8750 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8751 // of scrolling
8752 //
8753 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8754 {
8755     int i;
8756     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8757
8758     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8759          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8760     {
8761         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8762         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8763
8764         // convert to device coords
8765         int left, top, right, bottom;
8766         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8767         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8768
8769         int cw, ch;
8770         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8771
8772         if ( top < 0 )
8773         {
8774             ypos = r.GetTop();
8775         }
8776         else if ( bottom > ch )
8777         {
8778             int h = r.GetHeight();
8779             ypos = r.GetTop();
8780             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
8781             {
8782                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8783                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8784                     break;
8785
8786                 h += rowHeight;
8787                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8788             }
8789
8790             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8791             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
8792             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8793             //
8794             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
8795             // so just add a full scroll unit...
8796             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8797         }
8798
8799         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8800         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8801         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8802 //      if ( left < 0 )
8803         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8804         {
8805             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8806         }
8807         else if ( right > cw )
8808         {
8809             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8810             int x0, y0;
8811             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8812             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8813
8814             // see comment for ypos above
8815             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8816         }
8817
8818         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8819         {
8820             if ( xpos != -1 )
8821                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8822             if ( ypos != -1 )
8823                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8824             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8825             AdjustScrollbars();
8826         }
8827     }
8828 }
8829
8830 //
8831 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8832 //
8833
8834 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8835 {
8836     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8837          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8838     {
8839         if ( expandSelection )
8840         {
8841             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8842                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8843             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8844             {
8845                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8846                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8847                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8848                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8849             }
8850         }
8851         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8852         {
8853             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8854             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8855             ClearSelection();
8856             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8857             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8858         }
8859         else
8860             return false;
8861
8862         return true;
8863     }
8864
8865     return false;
8866 }
8867
8868 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8869 {
8870     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8871          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8872     {
8873         if ( expandSelection )
8874         {
8875             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8876                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8877             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8878             {
8879                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8880                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8881                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8882                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8883             }
8884         }
8885         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8886         {
8887             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8888             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8889             ClearSelection();
8890             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8891             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8892         }
8893         else
8894             return false;
8895
8896         return true;
8897     }
8898
8899     return false;
8900 }
8901
8902 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8903 {
8904     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8905          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8906     {
8907         if ( expandSelection )
8908         {
8909             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8910                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8911             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8912             {
8913                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8914                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8915                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8916                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8917             }
8918         }
8919         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) > 0 )
8920         {
8921             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8922             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) - 1 );
8923             ClearSelection();
8924
8925             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8926             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8927         }
8928         else
8929             return false;
8930
8931         return true;
8932     }
8933
8934     return false;
8935 }
8936
8937 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8938 {
8939     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8940          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8941     {
8942         if ( expandSelection )
8943         {
8944             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8945                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8946             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8947             {
8948                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8949                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8950                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8951                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8952             }
8953         }
8954         else if ( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < m_numCols - 1 )
8955         {
8956             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8957             int col = GetColAt( GetColPos( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) + 1 );
8958             ClearSelection();
8959
8960             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8961             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8962         }
8963         else
8964             return false;
8965
8966         return true;
8967     }
8968
8969     return false;
8970 }
8971
8972 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8973 {
8974     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8975         return false;
8976
8977     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8978     if ( row > 0 )
8979     {
8980         int cw, ch;
8981         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8982
8983         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8984         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8985
8986         if ( newRow == row )
8987         {
8988             // row > 0, so newRow can never be less than 0 here.
8989             newRow = row - 1;
8990         }
8991
8992         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8993         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8994
8995         return true;
8996     }
8997
8998     return false;
8999 }
9000
9001 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9002 {
9003     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9004         return false;
9005
9006     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9007     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
9008     {
9009         int cw, ch;
9010         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9011
9012         int y = GetRowTop(row);
9013         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
9014         if ( newRow == row )
9015         {
9016             // row < m_numRows, so newRow can't overflow here.
9017             newRow = row + 1;
9018         }
9019
9020         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9021         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
9022
9023         return true;
9024     }
9025
9026     return false;
9027 }
9028
9029 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
9030 {
9031     if ( m_table &&
9032          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9033          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
9034     {
9035         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9036         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9037
9038         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9039         {
9040             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9041             // non-empty cells
9042             //
9043             while ( row > 0 )
9044             {
9045                 row--;
9046                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9047                     break;
9048             }
9049         }
9050         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
9051         {
9052             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
9053             //
9054             row--;
9055             while ( row > 0 )
9056             {
9057                 row--;
9058                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9059                     break;
9060             }
9061         }
9062         else
9063         {
9064             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
9065             //
9066             while ( row > 0 )
9067             {
9068                 row--;
9069                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9070                 {
9071                     row++;
9072                     break;
9073                 }
9074             }
9075         }
9076
9077         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9078         if ( expandSelection )
9079         {
9080             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9081             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9082         }
9083         else
9084         {
9085             ClearSelection();
9086             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9087         }
9088
9089         return true;
9090     }
9091
9092     return false;
9093 }
9094
9095 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9096 {
9097     if ( m_table &&
9098          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9099          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
9100     {
9101         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9102         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9103
9104         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9105         {
9106             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9107             // non-empty cells
9108             //
9109             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9110             {
9111                 row++;
9112                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9113                     break;
9114             }
9115         }
9116         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
9117         {
9118             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
9119             //
9120             row++;
9121             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9122             {
9123                 row++;
9124                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9125                     break;
9126             }
9127         }
9128         else
9129         {
9130             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
9131             //
9132             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
9133             {
9134                 row++;
9135                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9136                 {
9137                     row--;
9138                     break;
9139                 }
9140             }
9141         }
9142
9143         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9144         if ( expandSelection )
9145         {
9146             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9147             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9148         }
9149         else
9150         {
9151             ClearSelection();
9152             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9153         }
9154
9155         return true;
9156     }
9157
9158     return false;
9159 }
9160
9161 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9162 {
9163     if ( m_table &&
9164          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9165          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
9166     {
9167         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9168         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9169
9170         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9171         {
9172             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9173             // non-empty cells
9174             //
9175             while ( col > 0 )
9176             {
9177                 col--;
9178                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9179                     break;
9180             }
9181         }
9182         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
9183         {
9184             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
9185             //
9186             col--;
9187             while ( col > 0 )
9188             {
9189                 col--;
9190                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9191                     break;
9192             }
9193         }
9194         else
9195         {
9196             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
9197             //
9198             while ( col > 0 )
9199             {
9200                 col--;
9201                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9202                 {
9203                     col++;
9204                     break;
9205                 }
9206             }
9207         }
9208
9209         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9210         if ( expandSelection )
9211         {
9212             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9213             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9214         }
9215         else
9216         {
9217             ClearSelection();
9218             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9219         }
9220
9221         return true;
9222     }
9223
9224     return false;
9225 }
9226
9227 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9228 {
9229     if ( m_table &&
9230          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
9231          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
9232     {
9233         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9234         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9235
9236         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9237         {
9238             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
9239             // non-empty cells
9240             //
9241             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9242             {
9243                 col++;
9244                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9245                     break;
9246             }
9247         }
9248         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
9249         {
9250             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
9251             //
9252             col++;
9253             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9254             {
9255                 col++;
9256                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
9257                     break;
9258             }
9259         }
9260         else
9261         {
9262             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
9263             //
9264             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
9265             {
9266                 col++;
9267                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
9268                 {
9269                     col--;
9270                     break;
9271                 }
9272             }
9273         }
9274
9275         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
9276         if ( expandSelection )
9277         {
9278             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
9279             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
9280         }
9281         else
9282         {
9283             ClearSelection();
9284             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
9285         }
9286
9287         return true;
9288     }
9289
9290     return false;
9291 }
9292
9293 //
9294 // ------ Label values and formatting
9295 //
9296
9297 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9298 {
9299     if ( horiz )
9300         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9301     if ( vert )
9302         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9303 }
9304
9305 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9306 {
9307     if ( horiz )
9308         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9309     if ( vert )
9310         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9311 }
9312
9313 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9314 {
9315     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9316 }
9317
9318 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9319 {
9320     if ( m_table )
9321     {
9322         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9323     }
9324     else
9325     {
9326         wxString s;
9327         s << row;
9328         return s;
9329     }
9330 }
9331
9332 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9333 {
9334     if ( m_table )
9335     {
9336         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9337     }
9338     else
9339     {
9340         wxString s;
9341         s << col;
9342         return s;
9343     }
9344 }
9345
9346 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9347 {
9348     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9349
9350     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9351     {
9352         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9353     }
9354
9355     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9356     {
9357         if ( width == 0 )
9358         {
9359             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9360             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9361         }
9362         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9363         {
9364             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9365             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9366                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9367         }
9368
9369         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9370         CalcWindowSizes();
9371         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9372     }
9373 }
9374
9375 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9376 {
9377     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9378
9379     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9380     {
9381         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9382     }
9383
9384     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9385     {
9386         if ( height == 0 )
9387         {
9388             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
9389             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9390         }
9391         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9392         {
9393             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
9394             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9395                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9396         }
9397
9398         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9399         CalcWindowSizes();
9400         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9401     }
9402 }
9403
9404 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9405 {
9406     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9407     {
9408         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9409         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9410         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9411         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9412
9413         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9414         {
9415             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9416             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9417             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9418         }
9419     }
9420 }
9421
9422 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9423 {
9424     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9425     {
9426         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9427         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9428         {
9429             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9430             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9431         }
9432     }
9433 }
9434
9435 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9436 {
9437     m_labelFont = font;
9438     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9439     {
9440         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9441         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9442     }
9443 }
9444
9445 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9446 {
9447     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9448     switch ( horiz )
9449     {
9450         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9451         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9452         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9453     }
9454
9455     switch ( vert )
9456     {
9457         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9458         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9459         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9460     }
9461
9462     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9463     {
9464         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9465     }
9466
9467     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9468     {
9469         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9470     }
9471
9472     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9473     {
9474         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9475     }
9476 }
9477
9478 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9479 {
9480     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9481     switch ( horiz )
9482     {
9483         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9484         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9485         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9486     }
9487
9488     switch ( vert )
9489     {
9490         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9491         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9492         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9493     }
9494
9495     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9496     {
9497         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9498     }
9499
9500     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9501     {
9502         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9503     }
9504
9505     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9506     {
9507         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9508     }
9509 }
9510
9511 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9512 //       does not support vertical printing
9513 //
9514 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9515 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9516 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9517 //
9518 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9519 {
9520     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9521         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9522
9523     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9524         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9525 }
9526
9527 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9528 {
9529     if ( m_table )
9530     {
9531         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9532         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9533         {
9534             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9535             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9536             {
9537                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9538                 rect.x = 0;
9539                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9540                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9541             }
9542         }
9543     }
9544 }
9545
9546 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9547 {
9548     if ( m_table )
9549     {
9550         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9551         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9552         {
9553             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9554             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9555             {
9556                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9557                 rect.y = 0;
9558                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9559                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9560             }
9561         }
9562     }
9563 }
9564
9565 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9566 {
9567     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9568     {
9569         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9570
9571         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9572         PrepareDC( dc );
9573         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9574     }
9575 }
9576
9577 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9578 {
9579     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9580     {
9581         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9582
9583         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9584         PrepareDC( dc );
9585         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9586         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9587         attr->DecRef();
9588     }
9589 }
9590
9591 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9592 {
9593     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9594     {
9595         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9596
9597         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9598         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9599         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9600         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9601         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9602             return;
9603
9604         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9605         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9606     }
9607 }
9608
9609 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9610 {
9611     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9612     {
9613         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9614
9615         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9616         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9617         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9618         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9619         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9620             return;
9621
9622         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9623         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9624     }
9625 }
9626
9627 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9628 {
9629     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9630     {
9631         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9632
9633         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9634         {
9635             if ( enable )
9636             {
9637                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9638                 PrepareDC( dc );
9639                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9640             }
9641             else
9642             {
9643                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9644             }
9645         }
9646     }
9647 }
9648
9649 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9650 {
9651     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9652 }
9653
9654 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9655 {
9656     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9657
9658     return GetRowHeight(row);
9659 }
9660
9661 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9662 {
9663     return m_defaultColWidth;
9664 }
9665
9666 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9667 {
9668     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9669
9670     return GetColWidth(col);
9671 }
9672
9673 // ============================================================================
9674 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9675 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9676 // ============================================================================
9677
9678 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9679 // setting default attributes
9680 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9681
9682 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9683 {
9684     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9685 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9686     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9687 #endif
9688 }
9689
9690 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9691 {
9692     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9693 }
9694
9695 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9696 {
9697     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9698 }
9699
9700 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9701 {
9702     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9703 }
9704
9705 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9706 {
9707     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9708 }
9709
9710 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9711 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9712 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9713 // work correctly.
9714
9715 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9716 {
9717     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9718                      renderer,
9719                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9720 }
9721
9722 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9723 {
9724     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9725                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9726                      editor);
9727 }
9728
9729 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9730 // access to the default attributes
9731 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9732
9733 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9734 {
9735     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9736 }
9737
9738 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9739 {
9740     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9741 }
9742
9743 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9744 {
9745     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9746 }
9747
9748 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9749 {
9750     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9751 }
9752
9753 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9754 {
9755     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9756 }
9757
9758 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9759 {
9760     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9761 }
9762
9763 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9764 {
9765     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9766 }
9767
9768 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9769 // access to cell attributes
9770 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9771
9772 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9773 {
9774     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9775     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9776     attr->DecRef();
9777
9778     return colour;
9779 }
9780
9781 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9782 {
9783     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9784     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9785     attr->DecRef();
9786
9787     return colour;
9788 }
9789
9790 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9791 {
9792     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9793     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9794     attr->DecRef();
9795
9796     return font;
9797 }
9798
9799 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9800 {
9801     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9802     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9803     attr->DecRef();
9804 }
9805
9806 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9807 {
9808     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9809     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9810     attr->DecRef();
9811
9812     return allow;
9813 }
9814
9815 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9816 {
9817     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9818     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9819     attr->DecRef();
9820 }
9821
9822 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9823 {
9824     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9825     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9826     attr->DecRef();
9827
9828     return renderer;
9829 }
9830
9831 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9832 {
9833     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9834     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9835     attr->DecRef();
9836
9837     return editor;
9838 }
9839
9840 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9841 {
9842     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9843     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9844     attr->DecRef();
9845
9846     return isReadOnly;
9847 }
9848
9849 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9850 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9851 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9852
9853 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9854 {
9855     if ( !m_table )
9856     {
9857         return false;
9858     }
9859
9860     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9861 }
9862
9863 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9864 {
9865     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9866     {
9867         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9868         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9869         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9870     }
9871 }
9872
9873 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9874 {
9875     if ( attr != NULL )
9876     {
9877         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9878
9879         self->ClearAttrCache();
9880         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9881         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9882         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9883         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9884     }
9885 }
9886
9887 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9888 {
9889     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9890     {
9891         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9892         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9893
9894 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9895         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9896 #endif
9897
9898         return true;
9899     }
9900     else
9901     {
9902 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9903         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9904 #endif
9905
9906         return false;
9907     }
9908 }
9909
9910 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9911 {
9912     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9913     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9914     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9915     if ( row >= 0 )
9916     {
9917         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9918         {
9919             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9920                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9921             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9922         }
9923     }
9924
9925     if (attr)
9926     {
9927         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9928     }
9929     else
9930     {
9931         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9932         attr->IncRef();
9933     }
9934
9935     return attr;
9936 }
9937
9938 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9939 {
9940     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9941     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9942
9943     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9944     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9945
9946     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9947     if ( !attr )
9948     {
9949         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9950
9951         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9952         attr->IncRef();
9953         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9954     }
9955
9956     return attr;
9957 }
9958
9959 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9960 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9961 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9962
9963 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9964 {
9965     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9966 }
9967
9968 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9969 {
9970     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9971 }
9972
9973 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9974 {
9975     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9976     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9977     {
9978         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9979     }
9980
9981     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9982 }
9983
9984 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9985 {
9986     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
9987     if (!attr)
9988         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
9989     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9990     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9991
9992     SetColAttr(col, attr);
9993
9994 }
9995
9996 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9997 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
9998 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9999
10000 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10001 {
10002     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10003     {
10004         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10005         ClearAttrCache();
10006     }
10007     else
10008     {
10009         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10010     }
10011 }
10012
10013 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10014 {
10015     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10016     {
10017         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10018         ClearAttrCache();
10019     }
10020     else
10021     {
10022         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10023     }
10024 }
10025
10026 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10027 {
10028     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10029     {
10030         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10031         ClearAttrCache();
10032     }
10033     else
10034     {
10035         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10036     }
10037 }
10038
10039 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10040 {
10041     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10042     {
10043         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10044         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10045         attr->DecRef();
10046     }
10047 }
10048
10049 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10050 {
10051     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10052     {
10053         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10054         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10055         attr->DecRef();
10056     }
10057 }
10058
10059 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10060 {
10061     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10062     {
10063         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10064         attr->SetFont(font);
10065         attr->DecRef();
10066     }
10067 }
10068
10069 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10070 {
10071     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10072     {
10073         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10074         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10075         attr->DecRef();
10076     }
10077 }
10078
10079 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10080 {
10081     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10082     {
10083         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10084         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10085         attr->DecRef();
10086     }
10087 }
10088
10089 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10090 {
10091     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10092     {
10093         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10094
10095         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10096         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10097         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10098         attr->DecRef();
10099
10100         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10101         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10102         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10103         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10104         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10105                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10106         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10107                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10108
10109         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10110         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
10111         {
10112             int i, j;
10113             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10114             {
10115                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10116                 {
10117                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10118                     {
10119                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10120                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10121                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10122                     }
10123                 }
10124             }
10125         }
10126
10127         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10128         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10129         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10130         {
10131             int i, j;
10132             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10133             {
10134                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10135                 {
10136                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10137                     {
10138                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10139                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10140                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10141                     }
10142                 }
10143             }
10144         }
10145     }
10146 }
10147
10148 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10149 {
10150     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10151     {
10152         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10153         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10154         attr->DecRef();
10155     }
10156 }
10157
10158 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10159 {
10160     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10161     {
10162         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10163         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10164         attr->DecRef();
10165     }
10166 }
10167
10168 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10169 {
10170     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10171     {
10172         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10173         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10174         attr->DecRef();
10175     }
10176 }
10177
10178 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10179 // Data type registration
10180 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10181
10182 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10183                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10184                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10185 {
10186     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10187 }
10188
10189
10190 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10191 {
10192     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10193     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10194 }
10195
10196 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10197 {
10198     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10199     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10200 }
10201
10202 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10203 {
10204     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10205     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10206     {
10207         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10208
10209         return NULL;
10210     }
10211
10212     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10213 }
10214
10215 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10216 {
10217     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10218     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10219     {
10220         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10221
10222         return NULL;
10223     }
10224
10225     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10226 }
10227
10228 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10229 // row/col size
10230 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10231
10232 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10233 {
10234     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10235 }
10236
10237 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10238 {
10239     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10240 }
10241
10242 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10243 {
10244     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10245 }
10246
10247 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10248 {
10249     m_canDragCell = enable;
10250 }
10251
10252 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10253 {
10254     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10255
10256     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10257     {
10258         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10259         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10260         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10261         // some speed optimisations)
10262         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10263         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10264         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10265             CalcDimensions();
10266     }
10267 }
10268
10269 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10270 {
10271     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10272
10273     // See comment in SetColSize
10274     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10275         return;
10276
10277     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10278     {
10279         // need to really create the array
10280         InitRowHeights();
10281     }
10282
10283     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10284     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10285
10286     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10287     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10288     {
10289         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10290     }
10291
10292     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10293         CalcDimensions();
10294 }
10295
10296 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10297 {
10298     // we dont allow zero default column width
10299     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10300
10301     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10302     {
10303         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10304         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10305         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10306         // some speed optimisations)
10307         m_colWidths.Empty();
10308         m_colRights.Empty();
10309         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10310             CalcDimensions();
10311     }
10312 }
10313
10314 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10315 {
10316     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10317
10318     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
10319     //                                                                 (VZ)
10320     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
10321     // what he is doing. However we should test against the weaker
10322     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
10323     //
10324     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
10325
10326     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10327         return;
10328
10329     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10330     {
10331         // need to really create the array
10332         InitColWidths();
10333     }
10334
10335     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10336     if ( width < 0 )
10337     {
10338         long w, h;
10339         wxArrayString lines;
10340         wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
10341         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10342         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10343         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10344         width = w + 6;
10345     }
10346
10347     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
10348     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
10349     m_colWidths[col] = w;
10350
10351     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10352     {
10353         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10354     }
10355
10356     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10357         CalcDimensions();
10358 }
10359
10360 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10361 {
10362     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10363     {
10364         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10365         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10366     }
10367 }
10368
10369 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10370 {
10371     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10372     {
10373         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10374         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10375     }
10376 }
10377
10378 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10379 {
10380     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10381     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10382
10383     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10384 }
10385
10386 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10387 {
10388     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10389     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10390
10391     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10392 }
10393
10394 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10395 {
10396     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10397     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10398     if ( width >= 0 )
10399         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10400 }
10401
10402 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10403 {
10404     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10405     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10406     if ( height >= 0 )
10407         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10408 }
10409
10410 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10411 {
10412     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10413 }
10414
10415 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10416 {
10417     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10418 }
10419
10420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10421 // auto sizing
10422 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10423
10424 void
10425 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10426 {
10427     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10428
10429     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10430
10431     // cancel editing of cell
10432     HideCellEditControl();
10433     SaveEditControlValue();
10434
10435     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10436     int row = -1,
10437         col = -1;
10438     if ( column )
10439         col = colOrRow;
10440     else
10441         row = colOrRow;
10442
10443     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10444     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10445     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10446     {
10447         if ( column )
10448             row = rowOrCol;
10449         else
10450             col = rowOrCol;
10451
10452         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10453         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10454         if ( renderer )
10455         {
10456             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10457             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10458             if ( extent > extentMax )
10459                 extentMax = extent;
10460
10461             renderer->DecRef();
10462         }
10463
10464         attr->DecRef();
10465     }
10466
10467     // now also compare with the column label extent
10468     wxCoord w, h;
10469     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10470
10471     if ( column )
10472     {
10473         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10474         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10475             w = h;
10476     }
10477     else
10478         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10479
10480     extent = column ? w : h;
10481     if ( extent > extentMax )
10482         extentMax = extent;
10483
10484     if ( !extentMax )
10485     {
10486         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10487         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10488         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10489     }
10490     else
10491     {
10492         if ( column )
10493             // leave some space around text
10494             extentMax += 10;
10495         else
10496             extentMax += 6;
10497     }
10498
10499     if ( column )
10500     {
10501         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10502         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10503         // in SetColSize().
10504         if ( !setAsMin )
10505             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10506
10507         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10508         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10509         {
10510             int cw, ch, dummy;
10511             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10512             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10513             rect.y = 0;
10514             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10515             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10516             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10517             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10518         }
10519     }
10520     else
10521     {
10522         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10523         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10524         // in SetRowSize().
10525         if ( !setAsMin )
10526             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10527
10528         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10529         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10530         {
10531             int cw, ch, dummy;
10532             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10533             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10534             rect.x = 0;
10535             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10536             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10537             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10538             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10539         }
10540     }
10541
10542     if ( setAsMin )
10543     {
10544         if ( column )
10545             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10546         else
10547             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10548     }
10549 }
10550
10551 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10552 {
10553     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10554     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10555
10556     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10557                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10558     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10559
10560     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10561     //
10562     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10563     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10564     const bool
10565         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10566
10567     wxArrayString lines;
10568     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10569
10570     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10571     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10572     {
10573         lines.Clear();
10574
10575         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10576                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10577         StringToLines(label, lines);
10578
10579         long w, h;
10580         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10581
10582         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10583         if ( extent > extentMax )
10584             extentMax = extent;
10585     }
10586
10587     if ( !extentMax )
10588     {
10589         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10590         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10591         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10592                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10593     }
10594
10595     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10596     if ( calcRows )
10597         extentMax += 10;
10598     else
10599         extentMax += 6;
10600
10601     return extentMax;
10602 }
10603
10604 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10605 {
10606     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10607
10608     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10609     if(!calcOnly)
10610         locker.Create(this);
10611
10612     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10613     {
10614         if ( !calcOnly )
10615             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10616
10617         width += GetColWidth(col);
10618     }
10619
10620     return width;
10621 }
10622
10623 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10624 {
10625     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10626
10627     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10628     if(!calcOnly)
10629         locker.Create(this);
10630
10631     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10632     {
10633         if ( !calcOnly )
10634             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10635
10636         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10637     }
10638
10639     return height;
10640 }
10641
10642 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10643 {
10644     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10645
10646     // we need to round up the size of the scrollable area to a multiple of
10647     // scroll step to ensure that we don't get the scrollbars when we're sized
10648     // exactly to fit our contents
10649     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10650                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10651     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10652                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10653
10654     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10655     // extra white space
10656     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x;
10657     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10658     {
10659         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10660         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10661         if ( diffPerCol )
10662         {
10663             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10664             {
10665                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10666             }
10667         }
10668
10669         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10670         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10671         if ( diff )
10672         {
10673             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10674             {
10675                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10676             }
10677         }
10678     }
10679
10680     // same for rows
10681     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y;
10682     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10683     {
10684         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10685         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10686         if ( diffPerRow )
10687         {
10688             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10689             {
10690                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10691             }
10692         }
10693
10694         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10695         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10696         if ( diff )
10697         {
10698             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10699             {
10700                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10701             }
10702         }
10703     }
10704
10705     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10706     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10707     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10708     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10709     SetClientSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10710 }
10711
10712 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10713 {
10714     wxArrayString lines;
10715     long w, h;
10716
10717     // Hide the edit control, so it
10718     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10719     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10720     {
10721         HideCellEditControl();
10722         SaveEditControlValue();
10723     }
10724
10725     // autosize row height depending on label text
10726     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10727     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10728     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10729     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10730         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10731     SetRowSize(row, h);
10732     ForceRefresh();
10733 }
10734
10735 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10736 {
10737     wxArrayString lines;
10738     long w, h;
10739
10740     // Hide the edit control, so it
10741     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10742     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10743     {
10744         HideCellEditControl();
10745         SaveEditControlValue();
10746     }
10747
10748     // autosize column width depending on label text
10749     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10750     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10751     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10752         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10753     else
10754         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10755     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10756         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10757     SetColSize(col, w);
10758     ForceRefresh();
10759 }
10760
10761 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10762 {
10763     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10764
10765     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10766     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10767     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10768                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10769     wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GetScrollLineX(),
10770                    GetScrollY(size.y) * GetScrollLineY());
10771
10772     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10773     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10774     // calculation.
10775     // CacheBestSize(size);
10776
10777     return wxSize(sizeFit.x + m_rowLabelWidth, sizeFit.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10778             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10779 }
10780
10781 void wxGrid::Fit()
10782 {
10783     AutoSize();
10784 }
10785
10786 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10787 {
10788     return wxNullPen;
10789 }
10790
10791 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10792 // cell value accessor functions
10793 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10794
10795 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10796 {
10797     if ( m_table )
10798     {
10799         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10800         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10801         {
10802             int dummy;
10803             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10804             rect.x = 0;
10805             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10806             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10807             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10808         }
10809
10810         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10811              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10812              IsCellEditControlShown())
10813              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10814              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10815              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10816         {
10817             HideCellEditControl();
10818             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10819         }
10820     }
10821 }
10822
10823 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10824 // block, row and column selection
10825 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10826
10827 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10828 {
10829     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10830         ClearSelection();
10831
10832     if ( m_selection )
10833         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10834 }
10835
10836 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10837 {
10838     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10839         ClearSelection();
10840
10841     if ( m_selection )
10842         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10843 }
10844
10845 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10846                           bool addToSelected )
10847 {
10848     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10849         ClearSelection();
10850
10851     if ( m_selection )
10852         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10853                                   false, addToSelected );
10854 }
10855
10856 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10857 {
10858     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10859     {
10860         if ( m_selection )
10861             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10862     }
10863 }
10864
10865 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10866 // cell, row and col deselection
10867 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10868
10869 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10870 {
10871     if ( !m_selection )
10872         return;
10873
10874     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10875     {
10876         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10877             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10878     }
10879     else
10880     {
10881         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10882         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10883         {
10884             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10885                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10886         }
10887     }
10888 }
10889
10890 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10891 {
10892     if ( !m_selection )
10893         return;
10894
10895     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10896     {
10897         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10898             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10899     }
10900     else
10901     {
10902         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10903         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10904         {
10905             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10906                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10907         }
10908     }
10909 }
10910
10911 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10912 {
10913     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10914         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10915 }
10916
10917 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10918 {
10919     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10920              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10921                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10922 }
10923
10924 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10925 {
10926     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10927              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10928                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10929                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10930                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10931 }
10932
10933 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10934 {
10935     if (!m_selection)
10936     {
10937         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10938         return a;
10939     }
10940
10941     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10942 }
10943
10944 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10945 {
10946     if (!m_selection)
10947     {
10948         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10949         return a;
10950     }
10951
10952     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10953 }
10954
10955 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10956 {
10957     if (!m_selection)
10958     {
10959         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10960         return a;
10961     }
10962
10963     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10964 }
10965
10966 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10967 {
10968     if (!m_selection)
10969     {
10970         wxArrayInt a;
10971         return a;
10972     }
10973
10974     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10975 }
10976
10977 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10978 {
10979     if (!m_selection)
10980     {
10981         wxArrayInt a;
10982         return a;
10983     }
10984
10985     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10986 }
10987
10988 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10989 {
10990     m_selectingTopLeft =
10991     m_selectingBottomRight =
10992     m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10993     if ( m_selection )
10994         m_selection->ClearSelection();
10995 }
10996
10997 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
10998 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
10999 //
11000 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
11001                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) const
11002 {
11003     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
11004     wxRect cellRect;
11005
11006     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
11007     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11008     {
11009         rect = cellRect;
11010     }
11011     else
11012     {
11013         rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11014     }
11015
11016     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
11017     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11018     {
11019         rect += cellRect;
11020     }
11021     else
11022     {
11023         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11024     }
11025
11026     int i, j;
11027     int left = rect.GetLeft();
11028     int top = rect.GetTop();
11029     int right = rect.GetRight();
11030     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
11031
11032     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11033     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11034     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11035     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11036
11037     if (left > right)
11038     {
11039         i = left;
11040         left = right;
11041         right = i;
11042         i = leftCol;
11043         leftCol = rightCol;
11044         rightCol = i;
11045     }
11046
11047     if (top > bottom)
11048     {
11049         i = top;
11050         top = bottom;
11051         bottom = i;
11052         i = topRow;
11053         topRow = bottomRow;
11054         bottomRow = i;
11055     }
11056
11057     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
11058     {
11059         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
11060         {
11061             if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol))
11062             {
11063                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11064
11065                 if (cellRect.x < left)
11066                     left = cellRect.x;
11067                 if (cellRect.y < top)
11068                     top = cellRect.y;
11069                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
11070                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
11071                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
11072                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
11073             }
11074             else
11075             {
11076                 i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11077             }
11078         }
11079     }
11080
11081     // convert to scrolled coords
11082     //
11083     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11084     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11085
11086     int cw, ch;
11087     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11088
11089     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11090         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11091
11092     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11093     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11094     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11095     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11096
11097     return rect;
11098 }
11099
11100 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11101 // grid event classes
11102 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11103
11104 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11105
11106 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11107                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11108                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11109         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11110 {
11111     m_row = row;
11112     m_col = col;
11113     m_x = x;
11114     m_y = y;
11115     m_selecting = sel;
11116     m_control = control;
11117     m_shift = shift;
11118     m_alt = alt;
11119     m_meta = meta;
11120
11121     SetEventObject(obj);
11122 }
11123
11124
11125 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11126
11127 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11128                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11129                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11130         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11131 {
11132     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
11133     m_x = x;
11134     m_y = y;
11135     m_control = control;
11136     m_shift = shift;
11137     m_alt = alt;
11138     m_meta = meta;
11139
11140     SetEventObject(obj);
11141 }
11142
11143
11144 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11145
11146 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11147                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11148                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11149                                                bool sel, bool control,
11150                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11151         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
11152 {
11153     m_topLeft = topLeft;
11154     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
11155     m_selecting = sel;
11156     m_control = control;
11157     m_shift = shift;
11158     m_alt = alt;
11159     m_meta = meta;
11160
11161     SetEventObject(obj);
11162 }
11163
11164
11165 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11166
11167 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11168                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11169                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11170     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11171 {
11172     SetEventObject(obj);
11173     m_row = row;
11174     m_col = col;
11175     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11176 }
11177
11178 #endif // wxUSE_GRID